The bid results are as follows:
Rank Contractor Bid Amount
1 Torres Project Management, Inc. $ 480,700.00
2 Integra Construction Services, Inc. $ 495,000.00
3 Treehenge Construction,Inc. $ 520,900.00
4 Synergy Builders $ 539,592.81
5 Swierstok Enterprise, Inc. dba Pro Builders $ 608,000.00 6 Pro-Ex Construction, Inc. $ 865,998.00
After examining the Contractors’ licenses, work experience, qualifications and bids submitted in each of the completed bid packages, staff determined that Torres Project Management, Inc. the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, with a total bid of $480,700.00. On this basis, staff recommends awarding the Construction Contract to Torres Project Management, Inc.
Environmental Considerations
The Fire Station 43 Tenant Improvement Project is exempt from CEQA review pursuant to the Categorical Exemption under California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Division 6, Chapter 3 (“CEQA Guidelines”), Article 19, Section 15301, Class 1. Class 1 consists of the operation, repair, maintenance, permitting, leasing, licensing, or minor alteration of existing public or private structures, facilities, mechanical equipment, or topographical features, involving negligible or no expansion of existing or former use.
Commission Recommendation
Not Applicable.
Strategic Plan Integration
This project is consistent with the City of West Sacramento’s Strategic Plan Mission to provide Quality Municipal Services, Quality City Infrastructure and Facilities and to Inspire Community Improvements that add value to the lives of our residents.
Alternatives
The Council’s primary alternatives are summarized below:
1) Approve the recommended actions as described above in this report. 2) Reject the recommended actions or direct staff to alter the project. 3) Defer or cancel the project.
Alternatives 2 and 3 are not recommended as this project is sorely needed to upgrade the facilities in the City’s oldest fire station. Any changes or modifications would delay the project and would likely increase the cost of the project.
Coordination and Review
This report was prepared by the Capital Projects Department and has been coordinated with and reviewed by the Fire Department and Finance Department.
Budget/Cost Impact
The Fire Station 43 Tenant Improvement Project (CIP 51031) is included in the City’s current Capital Improvement Program (CIP) and has a total appropriation of $400,000 of General Facilities Funds. Additional funds are requested for this CIP project to fully fund the tenant improvements at Fire Station 43. Table 1 provides the current and future project expenses. Additional needed funding is proposed to be transferred from CIP 54024 (City Hall Fire Alarm/Control System Replacement) in the amount of $350,000 and from CIP 51275 (Fire Station 43 Window/Siding Replacement) in the amount of $15,455.27. Those projects are complete or near complete and are projected to have remaining available balance that may be used for this project. The additional appropriation needed of $95,356.73 is proposed to be funded with a transfer from the General Facility Fund (208).
155
FIRE STATION 43 TENANT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (CIP 51031)
April 10, 2024
Table 1: Current and future project expenses.
Design Phase
Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects – Amendment 2 $38,007 Construction Phase
Torres Project Management, Inc. $480,700
Construction Contingency (15%) $72,105
Construction + Contingency $552,805
Staff Time/ICAP $60,000
Total Construction Cost $612,805
Breakdown
Construction + Design Amendment 2 $650,812
Current Remaining Budget (approximate) ($190,000)
Additional Funding Needed $460,812
Table 2: Project funding sources and need.
Funding Sources
Transfer from CIP 54024 $350,000.00
Transfer from CIP 51275 $15,455.27
Fund 208-9910 – General Facilities Fund $95,356.73
ATTACHMENTS
1. Notice of Exemption (NOE)
2. Resolution 24-12
3. Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects Amendment 2
4. Torres Project Management, Inc. Construction Contract 156
Statutory Exemptions. State code number:
_______________________________________________
Print Form
Notice of Exemption Appendix E
To: Office of Planning and Research From: (Public Agency): ____________________________ P.O. Box 3044, Room 113 _______________________________________________ Sacramento, CA 95812-3044 County Clerk
(Address)
___________________________
___________________________
County of: __________________
Project Title: ____________________________________________________________________________ Project Applicant: ________________________________________________________________________ Project Location - Specific:
Project Location - City: ______________________ Project Location - County:
Description of Nature, Purpose and Beneficiaries of Project:
_____________________
Name of Public Agency Approving Project: _____________________________________________________ Name of Person or Agency Carrying Out Project: ________________________________________________ Exempt Status: (check one):
Ministerial (Sec. 21080(b)(1); 15268);
Declared Emergency (Sec. 21080(b)(3); 15269(a));
Emergency Project (Sec. 21080(b)(4); 15269(b)(c));
Reasons why project is exempt:
Lead Agency
Contact Person: ____________________________ Area Code/Telephone/Extension: _______________ If filed by applicant:
1. Attach certified document of exemption finding.
2. Has a Notice of Exemption been filed by the public agency approving the project? Yes No Signature: ____________________________ Date:
Signed by Lead Agency Signed by Applicant
Authority cited: Sections 21083 and 21110, Public Resources Code. Date Received for filing at OPR:
Reference: Sections 21108, 21152, and 21152.1, Public Resources Code. _______________
Categorical Exemption. State type and section number: ____________________________________ ______________________________________________
______________ Title: _______________________
Revised 2011
Jamie Teske
Attachment 1
157
Attachment 2
RESOLUTION 24-12
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
APPROVING A CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM (CIP) BUDGET AMENDMENT TO FULLY FUND THE FIRE STATION 43 TENANT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (CIP 51031) FOR FISCAL YEAR 2023/24
WHEREAS, the City Council adopted the biennial Capital Improvement Program (CIP) budget for Fiscal Years 2023/24 and 2024/2025 on June 28, 2023; and WHEREAS, CIP- 51031 – Fire Station 43 TI Project was established, and appropriations of $400,000 from the General Facilities Fund were approved to fund the project; and
WHEREAS, on February 23, 2024, the Capital Projects Department conducted a competitive bid to select a contractor for the Fire Station 43 TI Project and staff determined that TPM Construction, Inc. is the lowest-cost, responsive, qualified bidder, with a total bid of $480,700; and
WHEREAS, staff is recommending the City Council award a construction contract to TPM Construction, Inc. in the amount of $480,700 and approve Amendment 2 to the professional services contract with Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects in the amount of $38,007; and WHEREAS, additional funding of $460,812 is needed to fully fund the total construction contract cost with TPM Construction, Inc., including a 15% contingency, and staff time/ICAP and. to fund Amendment 2 to the professional services contract with Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects; and
WHEREAS, staff is proposing to transfer $350,000 from CIP 54024, transfer $15,455.27 from CIP 51275, and appropriate an additional $95,356.73 from the General Facilities Fund (208); and
WHEREAS, the City Council has considered all information related to this matter, as presented at the public meetings of the City Council identified herein, including any supporting reports by City staff, and any other information provided during public meetings; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of West Sacramento as follows:
1. The City Council hereby approves amendments to the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) for the 2023/24 fiscal year as listed below:
SOURCES
$350,000.00 400-9900-4990/400-51031-4990 Transfer into project $15,455.27 400-9900-4990/400-51031-4990 Transfer into project $95,356.73 208-9910-5950 Transfer from General Facilities Fund $95,356.73 208-0000-3110 General Facilities Fund Balance $460,812.00 TOTAL SOURCES
USES
$95,356.73 208-9910-5950 Transfer from General Facilities Fund $350,000.00 400-9900-5950/400-52024-5950 City Hall Fire Alarm $15,455.27 400-9900-5950/400-51275-5950 Fire 43 Window/Siding ($350,000.00) 400-9900-5530/400-54024-5800 CH Fire Alarm Replacement ($15,455.27) 400-9900-5530/400-51275-5800 Fire Station 43 Window/Siding Repl $460,812.00 400-9900-5530/400-51031-5800 Fire Station 43 TI Project $460,812.00 TOTAL USES
158
Resolution 24-12
*Note: Interfund transfers not included in total to avoid duplication of total costs.
2. The City Council hereby finds that the facts set forth in the recitals to this Resolution are true and correct and establish the factual basis for the City Council’s adoption of this Resolution.
3. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption.
PASSED AND ADOPTED by the West Sacramento City Council this 10th day of April 2024, by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
Martha Guerrero, Mayor
ATTEST:
Jennifer Cusmir, City Clerk
159
Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects
CPC22-331 Fire Station 43 Design Services
Expires 12/31/2024
AMENDMENT NO. 2
to the
CONTRACT FOR SERVICES
between the
CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
And
Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects
Dated November 16, 2022
This Amendment No. 2 to the Contract for Services between the City of West Sacramento (City) and Indigo | Hammond + Playle (Consultant) dated November 16, 2022, for the Fire Station 43 TI Project, is made and entered into this 10th day of April 2024. Except as expressly amended herein, the November 16, 2022, Contract for Services is in full force and effect.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, in November 16, 2022, the City awarded a professional services contract to Indigo | Hammond + Playle to provide Architect and Design Services for the Fire Station 43 Restroom Remodel Project in the amount of $83,180; and
WHEREAS, the original contract had a clerical error in the proposal which indicated a contract total of $83,180 but correct contract amount should have been $83,818; and WHEREAS, additional scope was identified during the design phase that was not initially anticipated and
WHEREAS, the City and Consultant executed amendment 2 to correct the error and increase compensation; and
WHEREAS, additional tasks and meetings are necessary to complete the project; and WHEREAS, the City desires to extend the contract using the allowable extension; and NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED by parties hereto to amend said agreement as follows:
I. SCOPE OF SERVICES:
The proposal as set forth in the Contract for Services dated November 16, 2022 shall be revised to include the additional tasks as outlined in Exhibit A.
II. TERM:
The term of this contract shall be extended until December 31, 2024.
III. COMPENSATION:
The compensation as set forth in the Contract for Services dated November 16, 2022, shall be revised to include the following:
Additional compensation of $38,007 shall be added for the new scope of work and total compensation shall not exceed $191,825 without the City’s prior written approval. 160
Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects
CPC22-331 Fire Station 43 Design Services
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed Amendment No. 2 as the date herein set forth.
CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
By:
Aaron Laurel, City Manager
Indigo | Hammond + Playle Architects
By:
Jon Hammond, Principal
APPROVED AS TO FORM
By:
Jeffrey Mitchell, City Attorney
ATTEST:
By: ________________________________________________________ Jennifer Cusmir, City Clerk
161
162
Attachment 4
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 8/3/23
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT made on April 10th, 2024, by and between the CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO (“City”), and Torres Project Management, Inc., hereinafter “Contractor”. The City and Contractor may be collectively referred to as the “parties”.
The parties have mutually covenanted and agreed as follows:
1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The complete Contract consists of the following documents (“Contract Documents”):
Construction Contract (See Part 2)
Payment Bond to accompany Contract (See Part 2)
Performance Bond to accompany Contract (See Part 2)
Contractor’s Certification Regarding Workers’ Compensation (See Part 2) General Conditions (See Part 3)
Supplemental Conditions (Special Provisions) (See Part 4) Drawings
Technical Specifications (See Part 4)
Change Orders
City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications 2002, with Amendments #1 & #2 State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications 2015 Contractor’s Emergency Invoice (Accepted Bid)
2. THE WORK:
The Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor, transportation, and material necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner, the Fire Station Tenant Improvement “Project” as called for, and in the manner designated in, and in strict conformity with, the Contract Documents. It is understood and agreed that the tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor, transportation, and material shall be furnished and the work performed and completed as required in the Drawings and Specifications under the sole direction and control of the Contractor, and subject to inspection and approval of the City, or its representatives. The City hereby designates as its representative for the purpose of this Contract the following named person: Jamie Teske
3. CONTRACT PRICE:
The City agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to accept, in full payment for the work above agreed to be done, the sum of $480,700 for the Project subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
4. COMPLETION DATE:
The Project shall be commenced on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The total project will be completed within one hundred eighty (180) working days, as defined in the General Conditions, after the date stated in the Notice to Proceed. 163
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 8/3/23
5. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF:
Any notice from one party to the other under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by a duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice shall not be effective for any purpose whatsoever unless served in the following manner, namely:
(a) If the notice is given to the City, by personal delivery thereof to the Director of Capital Projects, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, postage prepaid, and certified; addressed to the City at:
City of West Sacramento
Ariana Adame, Director of Capital Projects
1110 West Capitol Avenue, 1st Floor
West Sacramento, CA 95691
(b) If the notice is given to the Contractor, by personal delivery thereof to said Contractor or to its duly authorized representative at the site of the project, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, postage prepaid, and certified; addressed to the Contractor at:
Business Torres Project Management, Inc
Attention Jonathan Torres
Street Address 555 N. Lincoln Street
City, State, Zip Code Dixon, CA 95620
(c) If the notice is given to the surety or any other person, by personal delivery to such surety or other person, or by depositing the same in the United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed to such surety or other person, as the case may be, at the address of such surety or person last communicated by it to the party giving the notice, postage prepaid and certified.
6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
Liquidated damages as provided for in the General Conditions of the Contract shall be in the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1000.00) for each and every day as defined therein for each different scope of work as defined by the Base Bid and each change order except as otherwise specified in the Supplemental Conditions.
7. PREVAILING WAGE:
Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with Labor Code section 1773.2 are on file at the City, and copies are available for inspection at that office to any interested party on request.
Bidders shall be responsible for verifying with the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations that all such copies of the prevailing rate provided by the City are current and accurate. The requirement to pay the wage rate so specified is further detailed in the General Conditions.
164
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 8/3/23
8. CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION
By the execution of this Contract, Contractor hereby certifies that it is registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations as required pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 (Contractor registration).
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, four (4) identical counterparts of this Contract, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original, have been duly executed by the above-named parties, on the date noted on the first page of this Contract.
Date Jonathan Torres, Torres Project Management, Inc
Date Aaron Laurel, City Manager
Approved as to form:
Jeffrey Mitchell, City Attorney
Attest:
Jennifer Cusmir, City Clerk
165
166
167
168
169
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 8/3/23
CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE REGARDING WORKER’S COMPENSATION TO: Ariana Adame, Director of Capital Projects
City of West Sacramento
1110 West Capitol Avenue, 1st Floor
West Sacramento, CA 95691
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code of the State of California which require every employer to be insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract.
Torres Project Management, Inc
By
555 N. Lincoln St, Dixon, CA 95620
(Place of Residence)
170
Addendums
171
172
173
174
175
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
1795423.1 7203-038
PART 2 GENERAL CONDITIONS
176
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
PART 2: GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1.01. GENERAL
Wherever the following abbreviations and terms, or pronouns in place of them, are used in these Conditions and other Contract Documents of which these Conditions are a part, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as provided below.
1.02. ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations may be used in the Contract Documents:
AA Aluminum Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway/Transportation Officials ABMA American Boiler Manufacturer’s Association
ACI American Concrete Institute
AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGC Associated General Contractors
AGMA American Gear Manufacturer’s Association
AI The Asphalt Institute
AIA American Institute of Architects
AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
APA American Plywood Association
API American Petroleum Institute
APWA American Public Works Association
ARA American Railway Association
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
ASCE American Society Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWG American Wire Gage
AWPA American Wood Preservers’ Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
CCMTC California Concrete Masonry Technical Committee
CRSI Concrete Reinforcement Steel Institute
ETL Electrical Testing Laboratory
FS Federal Specification
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society
177
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
JICS Joint Industry Conference Standards
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer’s Association
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Standards
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
NBS National Building Standards
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
PCA Portland Cement Association
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National Association SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction UBC Uniform Building Code
UL Underwriter’s Laboratory
UMC Uniform Mechanical Code
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
USAS The United States of America Standard Institute
USBR United States Bureau of Reclamation
USPHS United States Public Health Service
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WIC Woodwork Institute of California
1.03. DEFINITIONS
The intent and meaning of the following, wherever they appear in the Contract Documents, shall be interpreted as follows:
Acceptance - The formal Acceptance by the Engineer of the entire Contract, which has been completed in all respects in accordance with the Specifications and any, approved modifications.
Addenda - Any written change, clarification or supplement to documents issued for bidding, issued by the City or its Engineer prior to bid.
As Approved - The words “as approved”, unless otherwise qualified, shall be understood to be followed by the words “by the Engineer”.
As Shown, and As Indicated - The words “as shown” and “as indicated” shall be understood to be followed by the words “on the Plans”.
Award - The decision of the City Council to accept the proposal of the lowest responsible Bidder for the Work, subject to the execution and approval of a satisfactory contract therefore and bond to secure the performance thereof and to such other conditions as may be specified or required by law.
Bid - The offer of the Bidder for the Work when made out and submitted on the prescribed Bid form, properly signed and guaranteed. A Bid is also known as a Proposal. 178
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
Bid Security - The cash, cashier’s check, certified check, or bidder’s bond accompanying the Bid submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a Contract with the City for the performance of Work herein described.
Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work contemplated, and acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.
Bureau - United States Bureau of Reclamation.
Calendar Day - Each day shown on the calendar.
Change Order - Written order issued by the Engineer to the Contractor covering changes in the Contract and establishing the bases of compensation and time adjustments for work affected by the changes.
City - The City of West Sacramento, also referred to as the Owner.
City Council or Council - The City Council of the City of West Sacramento.
City Standard Details - The standard details contained in the City Standard Specifications as modified.
City Standard Specifications - 2002 edition of the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications and Details as amended to date of Bid submittal.
Claim - A separate demand by the Contractor for (i) a time extension, (ii) payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (iii) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City.
Contract - The written agreement covering the performance of the work and the furnishing of labor, materials, tools and equipment in the construction of the Work. The Contract shall include all Contract Documents and supplemental agreements amending or extending the work contemplated which may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner. Supplemental agreements are written agreements covering alterations, amendments, or extensions to the contract and include Addenda and change orders.
Contract Documents - Contract Documents is the collective term for all of the following documents and any other document incorporated therein by reference: Invitation to Bid, Accepted Bid (and all accompanying documents), Designation of Subcontractors, Construction Contract, Payment Bond to Accompany Contract, Performance Bond to Accompany Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary and Special Conditions, (if any), Drawings (and Specifications), Addenda, Change Orders, City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications 2015, Contractor’s Certification Regarding Workers’ Compensation.
Contractor - The person or persons, firm, partnership or corporation or other entity who has entered into the Contract with the City to perform the Work.
County - County of Yolo, California.
179
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
Date of Completion - Date of filing of the Notice of Completion with the Yolo County ClerkRecorder’s Office.
Date of Execution of the Contract - The date on which the Contract is signed by the City’s authorized representative.
Datum - The Figures given in the Specifications or upon the drawings after the word “Elevation” or an abbreviation of it, shall mean U.S.G.S. datum, unless otherwise noted.
Days - Unless otherwise designated, days as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar days.
Elevation - The figures given on the Plans or in the other Contract Documents after the word “elevation” or abbreviation of it shall mean the distance in feet above the standard datum used by the City.
Engineer - The City Engineer, or the person designated by the City as its engineering representative during the course of construction, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties delegated to them.
Extra Work - Work other than that required either expressly or implied by the Contract in its executed form.
Notice of Completion - notice of completion is the recorded project completion document filed with the Yolo County Clerk.
Or Equal - The term “or equal” shall be understood to indicate that the “equal” product be the equivalent or better than the product named in function, performance, reliability, quality, and general configuration. Determination of equality in reference to the project design requirements will be made by the Engineer.
Plans or Specification Drawings - The term “Plans” or “Specification Drawings” refers to the official plans, profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and other Working Drawings and supplementary drawings, or reproductions thereof, signed by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work to be performed. Plans may either be bound in the same book as the balance of the Contract Documents or bound in separate sets.
Regardless of the method of binding, Plans shall be part of the Contract Documents.
Plant - All physical, resources, facilities, machinery, equipment, staging, tools, work and storage space other than provided by the Contract, together with subsidiary essentials and necessary maintenance for proper construction and acceptable completion of the project.
Project - The entire Work to be completed under the Contract.
Project Manager - The person designated by the City as its project management representative during the course of construction, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties delegated to them. The Project Manager will be the City Engineer unless the City designates a separate Project Manager.
When a Project Manager is used for a project, the Project Manager has full authority to act as the City Engineer unless the designation specifically states otherwise. 180
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
Shop Drawings - Drawings prepared by the fabricator or supplier showing the layout and details of components fabricated in a shop for inclusion in the permanent facility (e.g., structural steel, reinforcing steel, railings).
Site - The area upon or in which the Contractor’s operations are carried on and such other areas adjacent thereto as may be designated by the Engineer.
Specifications - The term “specifications” refers to the terms, provisions, and requirements contained herein. Where reference specifications, such as those of “ASTM”, “AASHTO”, etc. have been referred to, the applicable portions of such standard specifications shall become a part of these Contract Documents.
State - State of California.
State Standard Specifications - Standard Specifications issued by the State of California Department of Transportation, dated 2015, and as amended Bid in the supplemental conditions.
Subcontractor - The term “Subcontractor”, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor and it includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked and would be considered a supplier only.
Supplementary & Special Conditions Provisions - Additions, revisions, special directions, and requirements peculiar to a project and not otherwise thoroughly set forth in General and/or Specifications.
Time Limits - All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.
Work - All the work specified, indicated, shown or contemplated in the Contract Documents to construct the improvements, including all alterations, amendments or extensions thereto made by Change Order or other written orders of the Engineer.
Working Days - A Working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays of the City.
Working Drawings - Drawings furnished by the Contractor showing the layout and details of temporary construction procedures and methods of construction, and data for construction equipment which are to be employed in the construction of the permanent facility (e.g., form drawings, erection drawings, load test pile procedures, pile hammer data, etc.).
Written Notice - “Written Notice” shall be deemed to have been duly served when delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by certified U.S. mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice as specified in the Contract.
Whenever in the Specifications or upon the drawings the words “directed”, “required”, “permitted”, “ordered”, “designated”, “prescribed”, or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Engineer is intended, and similarly the words “approved”, “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or words of like import, shall mean approved or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, unless otherwise expressly stated.
181
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
SECTION 2
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The intent of the Contract Documents is to prescribe the details for the construction and completion of the Work, which the Contractor undertakes to perform in accordance with the terms of the Contract. These General Conditions are meant to replace Division I of the State Standard Specifications for all City public works contracts which incorporate these General Conditions by reference.
Where the Specifications and Plans describe portions of the Work in general terms, but not in complete detail, it is understood that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of the first quality are to be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and do all the Work involved in performing the Contract in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner.
The technical provisions are presented in sections for convenience. However, this presentation does not necessarily delineate trades or limits of responsibility. All sections of the Specifications and Plans are interdependent and applicable to the Project as a whole.
The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for in any one shall be as binding as if called for in all. Anything shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications or mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned respectively in both. Any work shown on one Drawing shall be construed to be shown in all Drawings and the Contractor will coordinate the Work and the Drawings.
If any portion of the Contract Documents shall be in conflict with any other portion, the various documents comprising the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order of precedence: Change Orders; Addenda; Shop Drawings, Drawings, Supplementary and Special Conditions; Designation of Subcontractors; Construction Contract; General Conditions; City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications; State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications 2015.
Detail Drawings take precedence over General Drawings. As between schedules and other information given on Drawings, the Schedules shall govern. If an item is shown on any Drawing and not specifically included in Technical Specifications specific to this project, the Drawing shall govern. Any conflict or inconsistency between or in the drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for clarification as soon as the Contractor becomes aware of such inconsistency.
2.02. CONTRACTOR’S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work under this Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the City, either before or after 182
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained herein.
2.03. CHANGES IN THE WORK
(a) The City may, at any time, by written order, make changes in the Work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Such changes include, but are not limited to:
(1) In the Specifications or Plans;
(2) In the sequence, method or manner of performance of the Work; (3) In the owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services or site; and (4) Directing acceleration of the Work.
(b) If such changes cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly.
(1) Change Orders
A change pursuant to this section will be in the form of a Change Order, which will set forth the work to be done or the method by which the change and cost adjustment, if any, will be determined, and the time of completion of the work.
Upon receipt of a Change Order, the Contractor shall proceed with the ordered work. If ordered in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed with the work so ordered prior to actual receipt of a Change Order. A Change Order executed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer is an executed Change Order as that term is used throughout this section.
(2) Change Order Protests
A Change Order may be issued to the Contractor at any time. Should the Contractor disagree with any terms or conditions set forth in a Change Order, which he has not executed, he shall submit a written protest to the Engineer within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of such Change Order. The protest shall state the points of disagreement and, if possible, the quantities and cost involved.
If a written protest is not submitted, payment will be made as set forth in the Change Order. Such payment shall constitute full compensation for all work included therein or required thereby. Such unprotested Change Orders shall be considered as executed Change Orders.
Where the protest concerning a Change Order relates to compensation, the compensation payable for all work specified or required by said Change Order to which such protest relates will be determined in the same manner as provided in Section 2.04 of this section. The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the cost of such work and shall permit the Engineer to have such access thereto as may be necessary to assist in the determination of the compensation payable for such work. Where the protest concerning a 183
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
Change Order relates to the adjustment of time and for completion of the Work, the time to be allowed therefor will be determined as provided in this section.
The consent of the Contractor’s sureties shall not be required as to any change or Extra Work, and the liability of the Contractor’s Bonds shall be increased or decreased accordingly without notice to the sureties.
2.04. PROCEDURES AND ALLOWABLE COSTS ON CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO WORK
(a) Forms of Payment
If the change in, or addition to, the Work will result in an increase in the contract sum, the City shall have the right to require the performance thereof. The compensation to be paid for any such work shall, in the City’s sole discretion, be determined in one or more of the following ways:
(1) By extension of agreed unit prices, if unit prices are required by the City’s Bid form and provided with Contractor ‘s bid;
(2) By revision of unit prices;
(3) By proposal and Acceptance of an agreed upon lump sum; and (4) On a force account basis.
Until one of the above methods is agreed on, or if the Work is to be paid for on a time and materials basis, the Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the cost of such work in the form and manner prescribed by the Engineer and shall permit the Engineer to have access to such records as may be necessary to assist in the determination of the compensation payable for such work.
(b) Lump Sum Payment
The City, in its sole and absolute discretion, may request a lump sum proposal by Contractor to perform the change in, or addition to, the Work performed. Such lump sum proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor within ten (10) days of the City’s request therefor.
Request for a lump sum proposal by City shall not be deemed an election by City to have the Work performed on a lump sum basis. Costs of preparing the proposal shall not be compensable.
(1) Contents of Lump Sum Proposal
(2) The Contractor’s proposal shall be itemized and segregated by labor and materials for the various components of the change (no aggregate labor total will be acceptable). The proposal shall be accompanied by signed proposals of any Subcontractors, which will perform any portion of the change, and of any persons who will furnish materials or equipment for incorporation therein. The proposal shall also include the Contractor’s estimate of the time required to perform said changes or additional work. (3) Computation of Labor Costs
184
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
The portion of the proposal relating to labor, whether by the Contractor’s forces or the forces of any of its Subcontractors, may include the projected wages of the reasonably anticipated Site labor, including foremen, who will be directly involved in the change in the Work.
These projected wages shall not include charges for assistant superintendents, superintendents, office personnel, timekeepers and maintenance mechanics.
Labor costs may also include Contractor’s overhead and profit which shall be computed by adding to the labor costs either up to fifteen percent (15%) of the projected wages, but not payroll costs, or the labor surcharge set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled Labor Surcharge And Equipment Rental Rates, which is in effect on the date upon which the Work is accomplished and which is a part of the Contract. The method of computing the overhead and profit shall be solely within the discretion of the City.
The labor surcharge, if used, shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by State and Federal laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of, the workmen, other than actual wages as defined above. No time or charges will be allowed except when the workers are actually engaged in the proper, efficient and diligent performance or completion of the extra work as authorized. Overtime shall not be worked without prior approval of the Engineer.
(4) Computation of Equipment and Materials Costs
The portion of the proposal relating to materials may include the reasonably anticipated direct costs to the Contractor or to any of its Subcontractors of materials to be purchased for incorporation in the change in the Work. This portion of the proposal may also include transportation and applicable sales or use taxes. Up to fifteen percent (15%) of these direct costs may be included as overhead and profit for the Contractor or any such Subcontractor (such overhead and profit to include all small tools).
This portion of the proposal may further include the Contractor’s and any of its Subcontractors’ reasonably anticipated costs for the rental and operation of prime construction and automotive equipment furnished and used in connection with the change in the Work. The equipment rental and operation rates used shall be the latest edition of the Department of Transportation, Division of Construction, Equipment Rental Rates. These costs shall not include charges for listed equipment or major tools with a new cost of five hundred dollars ($500.00) or less. No time charges shall be allowed except for equipment actually used for the proper and efficient performance or completion of the authorized change in the Work. (5) Subcontractors
The lump sum proposal may include up to five percent (5%) of the amount, which the Contractor will pay to any of its Subcontractors for the change in the Work as allowable overhead and profit to the Contractor.
(6) Failure to Submit Lump Sum Proposal
In the event that the Contractor fails to submit its proposal within the designated period, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed with the change or addition to the Work and the Contractor shall so proceed. The Engineer shall unilaterally determine the reasonable costs and time to perform the work in question, which determination shall be final and binding upon the Contractor.
185
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(7) Failure to Agree on Lump Sum Amount
In the event that the parties are unable to agree as to the reasonable costs and time to perform the change in or addition to the Work based upon the Contractor’s proposal and the Engineer and City do not elect to have the change in the Work performed on a time and material basis, the Engineer and City shall make a unilateral determination of the reasonable cost and time to perform the change in the Work, based upon their own estimates, the Contractor’s submission or combination thereof. In such instances, a Change Order shall be issued for the amount of costs and time determined by the Engineer and the City and shall become binding upon the Contractor unless the Contractor submits its protest in writing to the City within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the Change Order. The City has the right to direct the Contractor in writing to perform the change in the Work, which is the subject of the Change Order. Failure of the parties to reach agreement regarding the costs and time of performing the change in the Work and/or any pending protest shall not relieve the Contractor from performing the change in the Work promptly and expeditiously.
(c) Payment by Unit Prices
If any of the items included in the lump sum proposal are covered by unit prices contained in the contract document, the City may, if it requires the change in the Work to be performed on a lump sum basis, elect to use these unit prices in lieu of the similar items included in the lump sum proposal in which event an appropriate deduction will be made in the lump sum amount prior to the application of any allowed overhead and profit percentages. No overhead and profit shall be applied to any unit prices. (d) Payment on a Force Account Basis
If the City elects to have the change or addition to the Work performed on a force account basis, the Work shall be performed, whether by the Contractor’s forces or the forces of any of its Subcontractors or Sub-Subcontractors, and payment shall be made subject to the following provision. The Contractor will be paid the direct costs of the labor, equipment and materials used in performing the force account work determined as hereinafter provided. (1) For labor, the Contractor will be paid the cost of labor for the workers (including foremen when authorized by the Engineer or Project Manager) used in the actual and direct performance of the work. The cost of labor, whether the employer is the Contractor or any or any Subcontractor of any tier, shall be actual wages, including basic hourly wage, health and welfare payments and pension payments incurred in performing the force account work, plus any travel and subsistence payments for the workers performing such work and made necessary thereby. To the actual wages shall be added a labor surcharge as set forth in the State Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”, as in effect on the date the work is performed. The labor surcharge shall be deemed to encompass the City’s entire liability to reimburse the Contractor for workers compensation insurance payments, social security payments, Medicare payments, federal unemployment insurance payments, state unemployment insurance payments and state training taxes, made necessary by the force account work.
(2) For equipment, the Contractor will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rates listed for that equipment in the State Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”, which is in effect on the date the work is performed, regardless of ownership or any rental agreement entered into by Contractor for such equipment. The rental rate paid in accord with said publication shall be deemed to include 186
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, attachments, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, storage and insurance for said equipment. Rental time will not be paid when equipment is inoperable due to breakdowns, repairs or maintenance. Payment for loading, transporting and unloading time will be in accordance with the State Standard Specifications applicable to loading, transporting and unloading equipment for force account work, as applicable as of the date the equipment is loaded, transported or unloaded. (3) For materials used in the work, the City will pay for materials furnished by the Contractor and necessarily used in the force account work. Prior to markups as set forth below, the amount paid shall be the price paid by the actual purchaser to the actual supplier plus any necessary actual costs of handling the materials.
Contractor may add fifteen percent (15%) to the total labor, equipment and material charges as the total overhead and profit to the entity or entities actually performing the force account work. If the entity or entities actually performing the work are Subcontractors or Sub-Subcontractors, the Contractor shall be allowed five percent (5%) of the total charge of the performing entity or entities (including mark- up) as Contractor’s mark-up. No other mark-ups shall be allowed hereunder.
The Contractor shall submit to the City daily work and material tickets, to include the identification number assigned to the change in the Work, the location and description of the change in the Work, the classification of labor employed (and names and social security numbers), hours expended, the material used, the equipment rented (not tools) and such other evidence of cost as the City may require. The City may require authentication of all time and material tickets and invoices by persons designated by the City for such purpose. The failure of the Contractor to secure any required authentication shall, if the City elects to treat it as such, constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any claim for the cost of that portion of the Change in the Work covered by a non-authenticated ticket or invoice; provided, however, that the authentication of any such ticket or invoice by the City shall not constitute an acknowledgment by the City that the items thereon were reasonably required for the Change in the Work. (e) Limitations on Changes
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any amount for indirect costs, damages or expenses of any nature, including, but not limited to, so-called “impact” costs, labor inefficiency, wage, material or other escalations beyond the prices upon which the proposal is based and to which the parties have agreed pursuant to the provisions of this section, and which the Contractor, its Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors or any other person may incur as a result of delays, interferences, suspensions, changes in sequence or the like, for whatever cause, whether reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable or unforeseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable, arising from the performance of any and all changes in the work performed pursuant to this section. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy in such event shall be recovery of its direct costs as compensable hereunder and an extension of the time of the Contract, but only in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
It is expressly agreed that Contractor shall not be entitled to claim damages for anticipated profits on any portion of the Work that may be deleted.
The amount of any adjustment for work deleted shall be estimated at the time deletion of work is ordered and the estimated adjustment will be deducted for the subsequent monthly pay estimates. The City reserves its rights under Section 3.20 to audit Contractor’s as-Bid profit in 187
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
connection with any deductive change, to arrive at a final adjustment. Contractor’s as-Bid profit shall be reduced pro rata according to the proportion of the original contract value less as-Bid profit, represented by the work deleted.
The City reserves the right to contract with any person or firm other than the Contractor for any or all Extra Work.
2.05. UNILATERAL CHANGE IN OR ADDITION TO THE WORK
Notwithstanding the above, the City, directly or through the Engineer, may direct the Contractor in writing to perform changes in or additions to the scope of the Contract. The Contractor shall perform such work and the parties shall proceed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.04.
2.06. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the City in writing of any:
(a) Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25110.02 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; or (b) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site differing from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or
(c) Unknown conditions at the Site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract.
The Engineer shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions. If the Engineer finds that they do involve hazardous waste, or do materially differ and cause an decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost or time of performance, the Engineer will issue a change order as appropriate. Any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided in Section 2.04 for adjustments as to extra and/or additional work and changes. In the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor, whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause and decrease or increase the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided by the Contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Contract, the procedures applicable to claims for extra costs shall then apply.
2.07. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COSTS
(a) Notice of Potential Claims
(1) It is hereby mutually agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause, including any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, or the happening of any event, thing or occurrence, unless the Contractor provides the Engineer with written notice of the potential claims as hereinafter specified.
Compliance with this section, however, shall not be a prerequisite as to matters within the scope of the protest provisions in Section 2.03.
188
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
The written notice of potential claims shall set forth the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due, the nature of the costs involved, and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim. The notice as above required shall be given to the Engineer prior to the time that the Contractor commences performance of the Work giving rise to the potential claim for additional compensation, if based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer, or in all other cases within ten (10) days after the happening of the event, thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim. (b) Construction Dispute
(1) The Contractor may submit a dispute to the Engineer concerning any matter for which a protest under Section 2.03, or a notice of potential claim, is filed. Such disputes, or potential claims, shall be submitted to the Engineer within sixty (60) days following the submission of said protest or notice, unless, due to the nature of the dispute or the uncompleted state of the Work, it is impracticable to determine the amount or the extent of the claim within such period. In such cases, disputes shall be submitted at the earliest practicable time in which such a determination can be made. In any event, all disputes shall be filed on or before the date of the final release by the Contractor as provided for in Section 7.09. (2) All disputes shall be in writing and shall set forth clearly and in detail, for each item of additional compensation requested, the reasons for the dispute, reference to applicable provisions of the Specifications, the nature and the amount of the cost involved, the computations used in determining such costs, all pertinent factual data and all the documents necessary to substantiate the dispute. The Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records of the cost or any portion of the Work for which additional compensation is claimed, and shall provide the Engineer with copies thereof, as required. The Engineer shall provide a written decision to the dispute or potential claim as soon as practicable but not later than 30 days following receipt thereof.
(c) Resolution of Construction Claims
(1) To the extent that the Contractor disputes the Engineer’s Written Decision issued pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(2), or to the extent the Engineer fails to issue a timely written decision, the Contractor may file a written claim, as defined by Public Contract Code section 9204(c)(1), with the City including reasonable documentation to support the claim. Upon receipt of the claim, the City shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim, and within a period not to exceed 45 days, the City shall provide the Contractor with a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. The time in which the City must provide a written statement may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties as specified by Public Contract Code section 9204(d)(1)(C). The City shall pay any undisputed portion of the claim within 60 days after issuance of its written statement. (2) Claims submitted by the Contractor shall be accompanied by a notarized certificate containing the following language:
Under the penalty of law for perjury or falsification and with specific reference to the California False Claims Act, Government Code section 12650, et. seq., the undersigned,
(Name)
189
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(Title
(Company
hereby certifies that the claim for the additional compensation and time, if any, made herein for the work on this contract is a true statement of the actual costs incurred and time sought, and is fully documented and supported under the contract between parties.
Dated:
/s/
Subscribed and sworn before me this _____ day
of
Notary Public
My commission expires
Failure to submit the notarized certificate will be sufficient cause for denying the claim.
Any claim for overhead type expenses or costs, in addition to being certified as stated above, shall be supported by an audit report of any independent Certified Public Accountant. Any such overhead claim shall also be subject to audit by the City at its discretion.
Any costs or expenses incurred by the City in reviewing or auditing any claims that are not supported by the Contractor’s cost accounting or other records shall be deemed to be damages incurred by the City within the meaning of the California False Claims Act. (3) Meet And Confer Regarding Unresolved Claims. If the Contractor disputes the City’s written statement issued pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(1) or if the City fails to issue a timely written response, the Contractor may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. The meet and confer conference shall be attended by senior executives of the parties who have authority to settle the controversy. Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, the City shall provide the Contractor with a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. The City shall pay any undisputed portion of the claim within 60 days after it issues its written statement. (4) Mediation. If the Contractor disputes, in writing, any portion of the City’s written statement as issued under Section 4.07(c)(3), the disputed items shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation according to the provisions of Public Contract Code section 9204(d)(2), and any costs of mediation shall be allocated as set forth in that section. Upon receipt of a claim, the City and the Contractor may agree to waive, in writing, mediation. 190
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(5) Failure to Respond or Pay. If the City fails to timely respond to a claim from the Contractor or otherwise fails to meet the time requirements of Public Contract Code section 9204, the claim shall be deemed rejected in its entirety. Additionally, amounts not timely paid in the manner required by Public Contract Code section 9204 shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum.
(6) Subcontractor Claims. If a Subcontractor or a lower tier Subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against the City because privity of contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the City a claim on behalf of the Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor pursuant to Public Contract Code section 9204(d)(5).
2.08. CIVIL ACTION PROCEDURES
(a) Alternative Dispute Resolution of Claims of $375,000.00 or Less. (1) Claims Less Than $375,000.00. Notwithstanding any other provision herein but after compliance with the provisions of Public Contract Code section 9204 as set forth in Section 4.07, claims of $375,000.00 or less shall be resolved pursuant to the alternative dispute resolution procedures set forth in Public Contract Code section 20104 et seq. “Claim” for this purpose means a separate demand by the Contractor for a time extension, payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract, for which payment is expressly provided, or the Contractor is otherwise entitled to, or an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City. (2) Submission of Claims Less than $375,000.00. The Contractor shall submit its claim of $375,000.00 or less to the City in writing, within the time frames established under paragraph 4.07, but no later than before the final payment is made. The City shall respond within the time provided by statute. If the Contractor disagrees with the response or the City fails to respond within the time permitted, the Contractor shall notify the City of the disagreement in writing within fifteen (15) days from the date of the response or expiration of the time permitted to respond and demand a meet-and-confer conference. The City shall schedule a meet-and-confer conference within thirty (30) days of the demand. The meet and confer conference shall be attended by senior executives of the parties who have authority to settle the controversy. If not resolved at the meet-and-confer conference, the Contractor may initiate a civil action as set forth in Public Contract Code section 20104 et seq., including but not limited to compliance with applicable Government Code provisions.
(3) Time Limits Not Extended. Nothing in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code section 20104.2 shall extend the time limit or supersede the notice requirements provided in this Contract for filing claims by the Contractor.
(b) Alternative Dispute Resolution of Claims in Excess of $375,000.00.
As a condition precedent to the initiation of litigation, disputes in excess of a total value of $375,000.00 shall first be submitted to the claims procedures set forth in Sections 4.06 and
4.07. 2.09. GUARANTEE
(a) In addition to warranties, representations and guarantees stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor unconditionally guarantees all materials and workmanship furnished hereunder, and agrees to replace the same at its sole cost and expense, and to the 191
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
satisfaction of the Engineer, any and all materials which may be defective or improperly installed.
(b) The Contractor shall repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer any or all such work that may prove defective in workmanship or materials, ordinary wear and tear excepted, together with any other work, which may be damaged or displaced in so doing. (c) In the event of failure to comply with the above stated conditions within a reasonable time, the City is authorized to have the defect repaired and made good at the expense of the Contractor who will pay the costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand, including any reasonable management and administrative costs, and engineering, legal and other consultant fees incurred to enforce this section. (d) The signing of the Contract by the Contractor shall constitute execution of the above guarantees. Except as otherwise provided in this Contract, the guarantees and warranties shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year after final Acceptance of the Work by the City.
192
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
SECTION 3
CONTROL OF WORK
3.01. AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER
(a) The Engineer is the representative of the City and has full authority to interpret the Contract Documents, to conduct the construction review and inspection of the Contractor’s performance, and to decide questions, which arise during the course of the Work and the Engineer’s decisions on these matters, shall be final and conclusive. The Engineer has the authority to reject all work and materials, which do not conform to the Contract Documents, and has the authority to stop the Work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract. The Engineer’s failure to stop the Work shall not obligate the City to accept defective or otherwise unacceptable work or otherwise affect the Engineer’s or City’s authority to reject work for any reason set forth in the Contract Documents. (b) If at any time the Contractor’s work force, tools, plant or equipment appear to the Engineer to be insufficient or inappropriate to secure the required quality of work or the proper rate of progress, the Engineer may order the Contractor to increase their efficiency, improve their character, to augment their number or to substitute other personnel, new or additional tools, plant or equipment, as the case may be, and the Contractor shall comply with such order.
Neither the failure of the Engineer to demand such increase of efficiency, number, or improvement, nor the compliance by the Contractor with the demand, shall relieve the Contractor of its obligation to provide quality work at the rate of progress necessary to complete the Work within the specified time.
(c) The Engineer may authorize minor variations in the work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. These may be accomplished by a Field Order. Contractor shall comply promptly with all Field Orders. If the Engineer and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract time, or cost, as a result of a Field Order, a claim may be made therefor pursuant to Section 2.07. (d) Any order given by the Engineer, not otherwise required by the Contract Documents to be in writing shall, on request of the Contractor, be given or confirmed by the Engineer in writing.
(e) Whenever work, methods of procedure, or any other matters are made subject to direction or approval, such direction or approval will be given by the Engineer.
3.02. DRAWINGS
(a) Drawings furnished herewith are for bidding purposes. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor, free of charge, copies of full size Drawings which are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall have no claim for excusable delay on account of the failure of the Engineer to deliver such Drawings, unless the Engineer shall have failed to deliver the same within two weeks after receipt of written demand therefore from the Contractor.
The Contractor shall keep one copy of said Drawings, in good order, available to the Engineer and the Engineer’s representatives, and convenient to the working site. (b) If the Contractor, in the course of the Work, finds any discrepancy between the Drawings and the physical condition of the locality, or any errors or omissions in the Drawings, 193
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
or in the layout as given by points and instructions, it shall be the Contractor’s duty to inform the Engineer in writing, and the Engineer will promptly verify the same.
Any work done after such discovery, until authorized, will be done at the Contractor’s risk. All Drawings, Specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer are the property of the Engineer and shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the signed Contract sets, are to be returned to the Engineer, on request, at the completion of the Work. All models are the property of the City.
(c) The Drawings shall be supplemented by such Shop Drawings prepared by the fabricator and/or supplier and Working Drawings prepared by the Contractor as are necessary to adequately control the Work. No changes shall be made by the Contractor in any Shop or Working Drawings after they have been reviewed by the Engineer, if the Engineer deems that no further submittals are necessary. The Contractor shall not commence the layout, purchase, fabrication, or construction of any work for which Shop or Working Drawings are required until Engineer has reviewed the specifications and drawings and has indicated in writing no further submittals are required for compliance with the Contract Documents. (d) Shop and Working Drawings for any structure shall include, but not be limited to, detail design calculations, fabrication and installation drawings, lists, graphs, operating instructions, etc., which shall be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer before any such work is performed.
(e) Shop and Working Drawings will be required for cribs, cofferdams, falsework, centering and form work and for other temporary work and methods of construction the Contractor proposes to use. Such Drawings shall be subject to the review and Acceptance of the Engineer insofar as the details affect the character of the finished work, but details of design will be left to the Contractor who shall be responsible for the successful construction of the Work.
(f) Contractor agrees that Shop and/or Working Drawings processed by the Engineer are not Change Orders; that the purpose of these Drawings submitted by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept, that the Contractor demonstrates its understanding by indicating which equipment and material the Contractor intends to furnish and by detailing the fabrication methods it intends to use. It is expressly understood, however, that favorable review of the Contractor’s Shop and Working Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, or for mutual agreements of dimensions and details. It is mutually agreed that the Contractor shall be responsible for agreement and conformity of its Drawings with the Specifications. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop and/or Working Drawings and Specifications are discovered either prior to or after the Drawings are processed by the Engineer, the Specifications shall control and shall be followed.
(g) Unless otherwise stated, the Engineer shall have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of Shop and/or Working Drawings for review.
(h) Full compensation for furnishing all Shop and/or Working Drawings shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the Contract items of work to which such drawings relate and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Any cost related to the Engineer’s review of any particular set of Shop and/or Working Drawings more than twice, due 194
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
to incompleteness or unacceptability, shall be borne by the Contractor, and the City reserves the right to withhold such costs from payments due the Contractor. (i) All reasonable effort has been made to locate and delineate all known structures and facilities on the plans. Except as otherwise provided herein, the City of West Sacramento shall assume no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of its delineation of underground utilities nor the existence of other buried objects which may be encountered, or which are not shown on the plans.
(j) The Contractor shall keep and maintain a clean set of plans for the project and shall record in red ink all changes, revisions, etc. made during the course of construction. These plans shall include all changes, revisions, etc. from the original plan complete with the exact sizes, locations, dimensions, elevations, etc. These plans shall be kept and maintained in a neat, clean and legible condition and shall be available for inspection at all times by the Engineer. The Contractor shall deliver these completed plans to the Engineer and the Engineer shall approve these plans prior to final Acceptance of the project by the City.
3.03. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEYS
The City will provide one set of construction stakes and benchmarks as it deems necessary to establish lines and grades required for the completion of the site work specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of the time work is to begin on any portion of the project that may require construction staking to be provided by the City. The Contractor shall make all other surveys necessary for the completion of the Work.
Alternatively, the Engineer may provide the Contractor with drawings showing benchmarks and reference points as it deems necessary to establish lines and grades required for the completion of the site work specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall make or furnish all surveys and set all construction stakes necessary for the completion of the work.
Stakes and marks set by the City or Engineer shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be charged for the cost of replacing or restoring the stakes and marks, which are destroyed or damaged by Contractor’s operation. This charge will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under the Contract.
3.04. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS
Permits and licenses, of a temporary nature, necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the City unless otherwise specified.
The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the Work as shown on the plans and described in the Specifications. Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any specification at variance therewith. In such instances, any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract for changes in the Work. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to the Engineer, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. 195
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
3.05. CONFORMITY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ALLOWABLE DEVIATIONS Work and materials shall conform to the lines, grades, cross sections, dimensions and material requirements, including tolerances, shown on Contract Documents. Although measurement, sampling, and testing may be considered evidence as to such conformity, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the Work or materials deviate from the Contract Documents. The Engineer’s decision as to any allowable deviations therefrom shall be final and conclusive.
3.06. COORDINATION AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (a) Should it appear that the Work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Specifications and Plans, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the Contract. In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of the Specifications and Plans, reference shall be made to the Engineer, whose decision thereon shall be final and conclusive.
(b) Any reference made in the Specifications and Plans to any specification, standard, method, or publication of any scientific or technical society or other organization shall, in the absence of a specific designation to the contrary, be understood to refer to the specification, standard, method, or publication in effect as of the date that the Work is advertised for Bids.
3.07. SUBCONTRACTORS
(a) The attention of the Contractor is directed to the provisions of California Public Contract Code sections 4100-4113 regarding subcontracting and said provisions are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof.
(b) Each subcontract shall contain a suitable provision for the suspension or termination thereof should the Work be suspended or terminated or should the Subcontractor neglect or fail to conform to every provision of the Contract Documents insofar as such provisions are relevant. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City for the acts or omissions of the Contractor’s Subcontractors and of the persons either directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and the City. If a legal action, including arbitration and litigation, against the City is initiated by a Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contractor shall reimburse the City for the amount of legal, engineering and all other expenses incurred by the City in defending itself in said action. (c) The City and the Engineer reserve the right to approve all Subcontractors.
Such approval shall be a consideration to the awarding of the Contract and unless notification to the contrary is given to the Contractor prior to the signing of the Contract, the list of Subcontractors which is submitted with the Contractor’s proposal will be deemed to be acceptable. Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the City, subcontract the whole of the Work.
3.08. COOPERATION OF CONTRACTORS
196
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(a) Should construction be under way by other forces or by other contractors within or adjacent to the limits of the Work specified or should work of any other nature be under way by other forces within or adjacent to said limits, the Contractor shall cooperate with all such other contractors or other forces to the end that any delay or hindrance to their work will be avoided. The right is reserve d to perform other or additional work at or near the site (including material sources) at any time, by the use of other forces. (b) When two or more contractors are employed on related or adjacent work, each shall conduct its operation in such a manner as not to cause any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the other. Each Contractor shall be responsible to the other for all damage to work, to persons or property caused to the other by its operations, and for loss caused the other due to unnecessary delays or failure to finish the work within the time specified for completion.
3.09. SUPERINTENDENCE
(a) The Contractor shall designate in writing, before starting work, an individual as authorized representative who shall have the authority to represent and act for the Contractor.
This authorized representative shall be present at the Site of the Work at all times while work is actually in progress on the Contract. When the Work is not in progress and during periods when the Work is suspended, arrangements acceptable to the Engineer shall be made for any emergency work, which may be required.
(b) The Contractor is solely responsible, at all times, for the superintendence of the Work and for its safety and progress.
(c) Whenever the Contractor or its authorized representative is not present on any particular part of the Work where it may be desired to give direction, orders will be given by the Engineer, which shall be received and obeyed by the superintendent or foreman who may have charge of the particular work in reference to which the orders are given. (d) Any order given by the Engineer, not otherwise required by the Specifications to be in writing, will on request of the Contractor, be given or confirmed by the Engineer in writing.
3.10. INSPECTION OF WORK
(a) Unless otherwise provided, all equipment, materials, and work shall be subject to inspection and testing by the Engineer. The Engineer will observe the progress and quality of the Work and determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the quality of the Work. The Engineer shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Visits and observations made by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of Contractor’s obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work and to furnish proper materials, labor, equipment and tools, and perform acceptable work, and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract.
(b) Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, the Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer so that proper inspection may be provided. Any work done in the absence of the Engineer shall be subject to rejection. Proper facilities for safe access for inspection to all parts of the Work shall at all times be maintained for the necessary use of the Engineer and other agents of the City, and agents of the federal, state, 197
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
or local governments at all reasonable hours for inspection by such agencies to ascertain compliance with laws and regulations.
(c) One or more inspectors may be assigned to observe the Work by the Engineer and to act in matters of construction under this Contract. It is understood that inspectors shall have the power to issue instructions and make decisions within the limitations of the authority of the Engineer. Such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor’s obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish proper materials, labor, equipment and tools, and perform acceptable work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the intent of the Contract.
(d) The Engineer and the Engineer’s representatives shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide safe and convenient facilities for such access and for inspection. If the Specifications, the Engineer’s instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any material, equipment or work to be specifically tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by an authority other than the City, of the time fixed for inspection. Inspections by the Engineer will be made promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply.
(e) Work performed without inspection may be required to be removed and replaced under proper inspection. In such instances, the entire cost of removal and replacing, including the cost of City-furnished materials used in the Work, shall be borne by the Contractor, regardless of whether or not the Work exposed is found to be defective. Examination of questioned work, other than that installed without inspection, may be ordered by the Engineer and, if so ordered, the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the City will pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work is found to be not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless the Contractor can show that the defect in the Work was caused by another Contractor , and in that event the City will pay such costs. (f) The inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor’s obligation to fulfill the Contract as herein prescribed, or in any way alter the standard of performance provided by the Contractor, and defective work shall be made good and unusable materials may be rejected, notwithstanding that such work and materials have been previously overlooked by the Engineer and accepted or estimated for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective, the Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days, make good such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make ordered repairs of defective work or to remove the condemned materials from the Work within ten (10) calendar days after written direction by the Engineer, the City may make the ordered repairs, or remove the condemned materials, and deduct the cost thereof from any monies due the Contractor.
(g) The Contractor shall furnish promptly, without additional charge, all facilities, labor and materials reasonably needed by the Engineer for performing all inspection and tests.
Contractor shall be charged with any additional cost of inspection when material and workmanship are not ready at the time specified by the Contractor for its inspection. (h) Where any part of the Work is being done under an encroachment permit or building permit, or is subject to federal, state, county or city codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, representatives of the government agency shall have full access to the Work and shall be allowed to make any inspection or tests in accordance with such permits, codes, laws, 198
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
ordinances, rules, or regulations. If advance notice of the readiness of the Work for inspection by the governing agency is required, the Contractor shall furnish such notice to the appropriate agency.
(i) The Engineer may inspect the production of material, or the manufacture of products at the source of supply. Plant inspection, however, will not be undertaken until the Engineer is assured of the cooperation and assistance of both the Contractor and the material producer. The Engineer or the Engineer’s authorized representative shall have free entry at all times to such parts of the plant as concerns the manufacture or production of the materials.
Adequate facilities shall be furnished free of charge to make the necessary inspection. The City assumes no obligation to inspect materials at the source of supply.
3.11. TESTS
The Contractor shall perform, at the Contractor’s own expense, all tests specified or required by the Specifications. The Engineer may perform such tests as the Engineer deems necessary to determine the quality of work or compliance with Contract Documents. The Contractor shall furnish promptly without additional charge all facilities, labor, and material reasonably required for performing safe and convenient tests as may be required by the Engineer. All tests by the Engineer will be performed in such a manner as will not unnecessarily delay the Work. The Contractor shall not be required to reimburse the City for tests performed by the City or Engineer. If samples of materials are submitted which fail to pass the specified tests, the Contractor shall pay for all subsequent tests.
3.12. REMOVAL OF REJECTED AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK AND MATERIALS (a) All work or materials, which have been rejected, shall be remedied, or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner and no compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for such removal, replacement, or remedial work. (b) Any work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer or any Extra Work done without written authority will be considered as unauthorized work and will not be paid for. Upon order of the Engineer, unauthorized work shall be remedied, removed, or replaced at the Contractor’s expense. (c) Upon failure of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under this section, the City may cause rejected or unauthorized work to be remedied, removed, or replaced, and may deduct the costs therefore from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
3.13. DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK
If the Engineer deems it inexpedient to correct work damaged or not done in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made therefore, and such sum may be withheld by the City from Contractor’s payment.
3.14. EQUIPMENT AND PLANTS
(a) Only equipment and plants suitable to produce the quality of work and materials required will be permitted to operate on the Project.
199
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(b) Plants will be designed and constructed in accordance with general practice for such equipment and shall be of sufficient capacity to insure the production of sufficient material to carry the Work to completion within the time limit.
(c) The Contractor shall provide adequate and suitable equipment and plants to meet the above requirements, and when ordered by the Engineer, shall remove unsuitable equipment from the Work and discontinue the operation of unsatisfactory plants. Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, submit one or more lists identifying, by make, model number, Contractor ‘s identification number and empty gross weight, each piece of operable equipment used for the Work. Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, submit documentation establishing that any measuring device used for the Work has been tested and properly approved under California Test 109.
(d) In the case of termination of this Contract before its completion for any cause whatsoever, the Contractor, if notified to do so by the City, shall promptly remove any part or all of its equipment and supplies from the property of the City. If the Contractor fails to do so, the City shall have the right to remove such equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor.
3.15. CHARACTER OF WORKER
If any Subcontractor, or person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor fails or refuses to carry out the directions of the Engineer or appears to the Engineer to be incompetent or to act in a disorderly or improper manner, said person shall be removed from the Project immediately on the requisition of the Engineer. That person shall not again be employed on the Work. Such discharge shall not be the basis for any claim for compensation or damages against the City, or any of its officers or agents.
3.16. SEPARATE CONTRACTS
(a) The City reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Work.
The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate Contractor’s work with the other Contractor ‘s work. (b) If any part of the Contractor’s work depends on proper execution or results upon the Work of any other Contractor , the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The Contractor’s failure to inspect and report shall constitute an Acceptance of the other Contractor ‘s work as fit and proper for the reception of the Contractor’s work, except as to defects which may develop in the other Contractor ‘s work after the execution of the Contractor’s work.
(c) To insure the proper execution of Contractor’s subsequent work, the Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at once report to the Engineer any discrepancy between the executed work and the Drawings.
3.17. ASSIGNMENT
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole or in part without the written consent of the City, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due, or to become due to the Contractor hereafter without the prior written consent of the City. 200
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
3.18. USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS, RIGHT TO OPERATE UNSATISFACTORY
EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES
(a) The City may, at any time, and from time to time, during the performance of the Work, enter the Work Site for the purpose of installing any necessary work by City labor or other contracts, and for other purpose in connection with the installation of facilities. In doing so, the City shall endeavor not to interfere with the Contractor and the Contractor shall not interfere with other work being done by or on behalf of the City.
(b) If, prior to completion and final Acceptance of all the Work, the City takes possession of any structure or facility (whether completed or otherwise) comprising a portion of the Work with the intent to retain possession thereof (as distinguished from temporary possession contemplating the return to the Contractor), then, while the City is in possession of the same, the Contractor shall be relieved of liability for loss or damage to such structure other than that resulting from the Contractor’s fault or negligence. Such taking of possession by the City shall not relieve the Contractor from any provisions of this Contract regarding such structure, other than to the extent specified in the preceding sentence, nor shall such taking constitute a final Acceptance of such structure or facility. (c) If, following installation of any equipment or facilities furnished by the Contractor, defects requiring correction by the Contractor are found, the City shall have the right to operate such unsatisfactory equipment or facilities and make reasonable use thereof until the equipment or facilities can be shut down for correction of defects without injury to the City.
3.19. LANDS FOR WORK, RIGHT-OF-WAY CONSTRUCTION ROADS
(a) The City will provide the lands, easements, right-of-way, and/or encroachment permits necessary or other rights to enter and work on lands necessary for the performance of the Work. Other permits and licenses are addressed by Section 3.04. Should the Contractor find it advantageous to use any additional land for any purpose whatever, the Contractor shall provide for the use of such land at its expense. The Engineer shall be furnished with a copy of written agreements or otherwise be notified in writing of additional working space which is acquired. Nothing herein contained and nothing marked on the Plans shall be interpreted as giving the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the territory provided by the City. When two or more contracts are being executed at one time on the same or adjacent land in such a manner that work on one contract may interfere with that on another, the Engineer shall decide which Contractor shall cease work, and which shall continue, or whether the work on both contracts shall progress at the same time and in what manner, and the decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding. When the territory of one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for the performance of another contract, such privilege of access or any other reasonable privilege may be granted by the Engineer to the Contractor so desiring, to the extent, amount, in the manner, and at the time permitted. No such decision as to the method or time of conducting the Work or the use of territory shall be the basis of any claim for delay or damage.
(b) Lands, easements or rights-of-way to be furnished by the City for construction operations will be specifically shown on the Plans.
(c) The Contractor shall construct and maintain all roads necessary to reach the various parts of the Work and for the transportation thereto of construction material and personnel. The cost of constructing and maintaining such roads shall be borne by the Contractor.
201
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
3.20. CITY’S RIGHT TO AUDIT AND PRESERVATION OF RECORDS (a) The Contractor shall maintain books, records and accounts of all costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. The City and its authorized representatives shall have the right to audit the books, records and accounts of the Contractor under any of the following conditions:
(1) The Contract is terminated for any reason in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents in order to arrive at equitable termination costs; (2) In the event of a disagreement between the Contractor and the City over the amount due the Contractor under the terms of the Contract; (3) To check or substantiate any amounts invoiced or paid which are required to reflect the costs of the Contractor, or the Contractor’s efficiency or effectiveness under this Contract or in connection with extras, changes, claims, additions, backcharges, or others, as may be provided for in this Contract;
(4) If it becomes necessary to determine the City’s rights and the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract or to ascertain facts relative to any claim against the Contractor which may result in a charge against the City; (5) To determine any difference in cost occasioned by a permissible substitution;
(6) And/or for any other reason in the City’s sole judgment. (b) Contractor shall provide the City (or its representatives), unlimited, reasonable access during working hours to the Contractor’s books and records. The City’s audit rights shall be liberally construed in the City’s favor.
(c) The Contractor, from the effective date of final payment or termination hereunder, shall preserve and make available to the City for a period of three (3) years thereafter, at all reasonable times at the office of the Contractor (but without any charge to the City), all its books, records, documents, photographs, micro-photographs, and other evidence bearing on the costs and expenses of the Contractor under this Contract and relating to the Work hereunder.
(d) The City will make all payments required of it under this Contract subject to audit, under circumstances stated above, which audit may be performed at the City’s option, either during the Contract time period or during the record retention time period. Regardless of authorization, approval or acceptance, signatures or letters which are given by the City and are part of the City’s control systems or are requested by the Contractor, the payments made under this Contract shall not constitute a waiver or agreement by the City that it accepts as correct the billings, invoices or other charges on which the payments are based. If the City’s audit produces a claim against the Contractor, the City may pursue all its legal remedies even though it has made all or part of the payments required by this Contract. (e) If any audit by the City or its representative discloses an underpayment by the City pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents, the City shall have the duty to pay any amount found by the audit to be owed to the Contractor. If such audit discloses an overpayment, the Contractor shall have the obligation to reimburse the City for the amount of the 202
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
overpayment. The City’s right to claim reimbursement from the Contractor of any overpayment shall not be terminated or waived until three years after the completion of the City’s audit or upon the termination of audit rights under subparagraph 3.20(f), whichever date is later. The obligation of the Contractor to make reimbursements hereunder shall not terminate except as provided by law.
(f) The City’s right to audit and the preservation of records shall terminate at the end of three (3) years after the date final payment is made or termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall include this “Right to Audit and Preservation of Records” clause in all subcontracts issued by it and it shall require the same to be inserted by all lower tier Subcontractors in their subcontracts, for any portion of the work. Should Contractor fail to include this clause in any such contract or lower tier contract, or otherwise fail to insure the City’s rights hereunder, Contractor shall be liable to the City for all costs, expenses and attorney’s fees which the City may have to incur obtaining or attempting to obtain an audit or inspection of or the restoration of records which otherwise would have been available to the City from said persons under this clause. Such audit may be conducted by the City or its authorized representative.
203
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
SECTION 4
CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4.01. MATERIALS
(a) Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish all materials necessary for the execution and completion of the Work. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and shall be manufactured, handled, and installed in a workmanlike manner to insure completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials.
(b) Where materials are to be furnished by the City, the type, size, quantity and location at which they are available will be stated in the Contract Documents. (c) Manufacturers’ warranties, guarantees, instruction sheets and parts listed, which are furnished with certain articles or materials incorporated in the Work, shall be delivered to the Engineer before Acceptance of the Contract.
4.02. STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Articles or materials to be incorporated in the Work shall be stored in such a manner as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work, and to facilitate inspection.
4.03. TRADE NAMES AND ALTERNATIVES
Whenever a material, article, system or sub-system is specified or described by using the name and/or model of a proprietary product or trademark or the name of the manufacturer or vendor, the specified item shall establish the type, function, and quality required. It shall be understood that the words “or approved equivalent” are implied whether or not they follow the proprietary enumeration.
The City reserves the right to determine when proprietary items have no equivalency, and when uniformity of operations, interchangeability of parts, standard parts inventory, etc., are in the City’s best interest.
Requests for review of equivalency will be considered upon submission of sufficient information as described herein, to allow complete review. Such requests shall not be accepted from anyone other than the Contractor. Such submission must be made prior to purchase, fabrication, manufacture or use of the equivalent items under consideration. (a) Contractor’s Risk. If the Contractor includes in its Bid or later proposes any material, product or equipment that the Contractor considers equivalent to that specified, the Contractor assumes all risk of any sort associated with Acceptance or rejection of proposed equivalent items. The Contractor shall have no right to make claim based upon Contractor’s Bid that includes a proposed equivalent item(s) of work which resulted in a lower Bid amount for said item(s) or lower total bid.
(b) Submission Requirements. Each submission for equivalency review shall include:
204
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(1) Justification for use of the proposed equivalent item(s), including evidence, as applicable, that Contract specified material, product or equipment is unobtainable or unobtainable within an acceptable time for contract completion; (2) A description of the difference between specified item(s) and proposed equivalent item(s) and the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; (3) All relevant data addressing each specified parameter to show equivalency;
(4) A prediction of any effects the proposed change will have on operation and maintenance costs where applicable.
(c) Equivalency. An item will be considered equivalent to the item specified if it is equal to or better in:
(1) Design and strength in all sub-parts, quality, reliability and durability, operation, maintenance and serviceability, as applicable; and (2) Specified parameters in performance in all respects for the specific function(s) indicated in the contract.
(d) Supplemental Requirements. Any tests required by the City to establish quality and performance standards shall be promptly conducted by or through the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. In addition, the Contractor shall:
(1) Submit any additional data requested by the Engineer for the equivalency review; and
(2) Satisfactorily accomplish all changes, including any Engineering associated with use of equivalent items, at no additional cost to the City. (e) Equivalency Determinations. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to equivalency determinations. The Engineer’s decision shall be final. The Contractor shall have no right of appeal to any decision rejecting the equivalency of any item. (f) Procedure.
(1) Data substantiating a request for a substitution of “an equal” item shall be submitted prior to the Award of the Contract pursuant to Section 3400 of the latest edition of the Public Contract Code.
(2) After the Bid opening, the apparent three low bidders shall have seven (7) calendar days to provide complete substantiating data for all product, material or system substitution requests. After this seven (7)-day period, the City may award the Contract to the apparent low bidder. In no event will product, material or system substitution requests submitted after the Award of Contract be considered. Failure to submit such substantiating data will result in the automatic rejection of the proposed substitution request. The City will have thirty (30) days to review the first ten (10) proposed substitution requests. For each additional five (5) product, material or system substitution requests over and above the initial ten (10), the City will have ten (10) additional days to review the proposed substitution requests. 205
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(3) Each substitution request may include one alternate substitution. All alternate substitutions shall be submitted concurrently with substitution requests. Upon review by the City, proposed substitutions shall be returned to the Bidder marked either “accepted” or “rejected”. The City shall only review alternative substitution requests if the primary substitution request is rejected. If a substitution request, and its alternative, is returned “rejected”, no further substitution requests for that product, material or system will be allowed and the Bidder will provide the specified product, material or system.
(4) If, after all substitution requests have been processed, substitution requests by the apparent low Bidder are rejected by the City, the apparent low Bidder may elect not to execute the Contract. Under no circumstances, will bidders be allowed to alter their Bid Price as originally submitted. This election shall be made in writing no later than five (5) days following the receipt of the reviewed substitution requests. An election by the Bidder not to execute the Contract will result in the forfeiture of the bidder’s Bid bond. If the apparent low Bidder elects not to continue, and the second low Bidder is awarded the Contract, the second low Bidder may then elect not to execute the Contract for the contract price shown on its Bid Form. Subsequent bidders shall have five (5) days following the receipt of the reviewed substitution requests and the Notice of Award in which to make their election. This process shall continue until one Bidder decides to continue with the Award of Contract process. (5) The City may award the Contract at any time after the time for submitting substitution requests expires pursuant to subpart (2), above. In the event the Contract is awarded prior to acceptance/rejection of substitution requests, all outstanding substitution requests shall be reviewed by the City as provided above. If the apparent low Bidder elects not to execute the Contract, the Award of Contract to the apparent low Bidder shall be rescinded and the Contract awarded to the next apparent low bidder. All bidders electing not to execute the Contract expressly agree that the City shall incur no liability for such rescissions. As provided herein, “apparent low bidder” means the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.
4.04. CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
(a) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished prior to the use of any materials for which the Technical Specifications require that such a certificate be furnished. In addition, when so authorized in the Specifications, the Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. The Certificate of Compliance shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Contract. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the Work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the Certificate.
(b) All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the Work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and any such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. (c) The City reserves the right to refuse to permit the use of material on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance.
(d) The form of the Certificate of Compliance and its disposition shall be as directed by the Engineer.
206
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
SECTION 5
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY
5.01. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS – PERMITS, REGULATIONS, TAXES The Contractor is an independent Contractor and shall, at the Contractor’s sole cost and expense, comply with all laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of all governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Work, obtain all necessary permits and licenses therefore, pay all manufacturers’ taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, processing taxes, and all federal and state taxes, insurance and contributions for social security and unemployment which are measured by wages, salaries or any remuneration paid to Contractor’s employees, whether levied under existing or subsequently enacted laws, rules or regulations. The Contractor shall also pay all property tax assessments on materials or equipment used until Acceptance by the City. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the Plans or Specifications, or in this Contract in relation to any such law, rule, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the Engineer in writing. The Contractor shall also protect, defend and indemnify the City, the Engineer, and all of the City’s officers, agents, and servants against any claim or liability arising from or based upon the violation of any such law, rule, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, whether by the Contractor or its employees. Particular attention is called to the following:
(a) Without limitation, materials furnished and performance by Contractor hereunder shall comply with Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, State of California, Federal Safety regulations of the Bureau of Labor, Department of Labor; and any other applicable Federal regulations.
(b) The Contractor, upon request shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the City and Engineer that any or all of the foregoing obligations have been or are being fulfilled. The Contractor warrants to the City that it is licensed by all applicable governmental bodies to perform this Contract and will remain so licensed throughout the progress of the Work, and that Contractor has, and will have, throughout the progress of the Work, the necessary experience, skill and financial resources to enable the Contractor to perform this Contract. (c) Contractor is required to insure that material safety data sheets (MSDSs) for any material requiring a material safety data sheet pursuant to any federal or state law are available in a readily accessible place on the Project premises. Contractor is also required to insure:
(1) The proper labeling of any substance brought onto the Project premise by Contractor or any Subcontractors and
(2) That the person(s) working with the material, or within the general area of the material, are appropriately informed about the hazards of the substance and follow proper handling and protection procedures.
(d) Contractor is required to comply with the provisions of California Health and Safety Code section 25249.5, et seq. (Prop. 65), which requires the posting and giving of notice to persons who may be exposed to any chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer.
207
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
5.02. PREVAILING WAGE
(a) The Contractor shall forfeit as penalty to the City the amount specified by law for each calendar day or portion thereof for each worker (whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor) paid less than the stipulated prevailing rates for any work done under the Contract in violation of the provisions of the Labor Code and in particular, Section 1775 which is incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the current schedules for prevailing wages are on file in the City’s office, and the contents of those schedules are included herein as if set forth in full.
(b) The City will not recognize any claims for additional compensation because of the payment of the wages set forth in these General Conditions. The possibility of wage increases is one of the elements to be considered by the Contractor in determining its proposal, and will not under any circumstances, other than delays caused by the City, the Engineer, or the City’s agents, be considered as the basis of a claim against the City. (c) The Contractor agrees to follow the instructions of the City’s labor compliance officer until notified otherwise in writing by the City. (d) The Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California has determined the general prevailing rate of wages of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract.
Copies of the applicable prevailing wage rate determinations are made available to the Contractor and Subcontractor at the Pre-Job Conference Meeting. The Contractor shall post a copy of this document at the prevailing wages at each job site, along with a CMU work place poster, printed on 8 1/2” X 11” paper or larger, in accordance with California Code of Regulations, Title 8, section 16451(d).
5.03. PREVAILING WAGE RECORDS
(a) The Work is subject to monitoring and enforcement of prevailing wage requirements by the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) and the following provisions will apply:
(1) Contractor and Subcontractors shall maintain and furnish to the DIR, a certified copy of each weekly payroll (but no less often than monthly), with a statement of compliance signed under penalty of perjury. Such certified payroll reports in PDF form shall be transmitted electronically to the DIR after first registering at http://www.dir.ca.gov/PublicWorks/Certified-Payroll-Reporting.html. The provisions of Labor Code section 1776 are incorporated herein by reference.
(2) The CITY and the DIR shall review, including by way of job site inspections, and, if appropriate, audit payroll records to verify compliance with the public works requirements of the Labor Code. The DIR will notify the Contractor or Subcontractor(s), as appropriate) of any noncompliance, in order for all such Contractor or Subcontractor(s) to correct the noncompliance.
(3) The City shall withhold payments when payroll records are delinquent or inadequate.
208
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(4) The City shall withhold payments equal to the amount of underpayment and applicable penalties when, after investigation, it is established that underpayment has occurred.
(5) The City shall cooperate with the DIR and DLSE in any investigation of suspected violations of prevailing wage requirements.
(6) As directed by the Labor Commissioner, the City shall withhold Contract payments equal to the payments due or estimated to be due to the Contractor or Subcontractors whose payroll records are delinquent or inadequate, plus any additional amount that the Labor Commissioner has reasonable cause to believe may be needed to cover a back wage and penalty assessment against such Contractor or Subcontractors. The Contractor shall be required to withhold payments to a Subcontractor whose payroll records are delinquent or inadequate until the Labor Commissioner provides notice that the Subcontractor has cured such delinquency or deficiency.
(7) These payroll records shall be made available to the City’s representatives. These records shall be maintained during the course of the Work. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall make the certified payroll records available for inspection by City representatives upon request and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during the work hours on the job site. (8) The Contractor shall be held entirely responsible for the prompt resolution of all non-compliances with the prevailing wage laws, including those pertaining to all Subcontractors and any lower tier Subcontractors.
(9) The Project will not be accepted as complete by the City nor final payment made until all items of non-compliance are corrected or until appropriate provision is made by depository agreement to assure the ultimate resolution and payment of any back wages that may be found due.
(b) A pre-construction conference shall be conducted before commencement of the Work with the Contractor and Subcontractors at which time the prevailing wage requirements will be reviewed and agreed to by all parties.
5.04. LABOR DISCRIMINATION
Attention is directed to Section 1735 of the Labor Code, which reads as follows: “A Contractor shall not discriminate in the employment of persons upon public works on any basis listed in subdivision (a) of Section 12940 of the Government Code, as those bases are defined in Sections 12926 and 12926.1 of the Government Code, except as otherwise provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code. Every Contractor for public works who violates this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter.”
5.05. EIGHT-HOUR DAY LIMITATION
(a) In accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, and in particular, Sections 1810 to 1815 thereof, inclusive, eight hours labor shall constitute a day’s work, and no worker, in the employ of said Contractor, or any Subcontractor, doing or contracting to do any part of the work contemplated by this Contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of those provisions; provided that subject to Labor Code section 1815, a worker may perform work 209
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
in excess of either eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours during any one week upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours during any one week at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay. (b) The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall also keep an accurate record showing the names and actual hours worked of all workers employed by them in connection with the Work. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the City, State and Federal officers and agents. It is hereby further agreed that, the Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the performance of this Contract by the Contractor or by any of its Subcontractors for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in and one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of Sections 1810 through 1815.
5.06. COMPLIANCE WITH STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR EMPLOYMENT OF
APPRENTICES
The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code. Provisions of said section pertaining to employment of registered apprentices are hereby incorporated by reference into these Specifications. As applicable, the Contractor or any Subcontractor employed by the Contractor in the performance of the Work shall take such actions as necessary to comply with the provisions of Section 1777.5.
5.07. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
(a) In accordance with Government Code section 4215, the Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating existing main or trunkline utility facilities which are not indicated in the Contract Plans and Specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for the equipment on the Project necessarily idled during such work, provided that the Contractor shall first notify the Engineer before commencing work on locating, repairing damage to, removing or relocating such utilities. Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delays in completing the Work when such delays are due to the failure of either the City or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities. (b) The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect the existing utilities within the project area. Any utilities damaged due to the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired or restored to their original condition at the Contractor’s sole expense. Existing utilities shall be kept in service during the life of the Contract unless relocation, reconstruction, abandonment, or outage is specifically authorized by the Engineer. (c) The Contractor shall provide and maintain such temporary supports as may be necessary to preserve the functions of the various utility systems. No wires, conduits and/or pipes shall be removed until all services therein have been made inoperable. (d) The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and appropriate Regional Notification Center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days, but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days, prior to performing excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline, conduit, duct, wire and other structures. The Contractor shall provide updated information to the Notification Center as required and on a periodic basis. The Regional Notification Center includes but is not limited to the Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) at 1-800-642-2444.
210
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(e) The Contractor is advised that the State of California does not participate in USA.
The Contractor is required to notify Caltrans Permits Branch (916) 322-1297 for the location of State facilities.
(f) The Contractor shall not proceed with work until utility facilities involved have been located, disconnected, or otherwise adjusted by utility representatives. (g) The City Utility Maintenance Division will make repairs to all water service laterals and water mains damaged by the Contractor during the course of construction unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Contractor shall be required to pay all labor, material and equipment costs incurred by the City Utilities Maintenance Division for the repairs made to damaged water service laterals and water mains.
The City will bill the Contractor for the repairs and the bills will be paid by the Contractor prior to either the next monthly progress payment or prior to the final payment, whichever comes first.
The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer proof of payment of the repair bills prior to the issuance of either the monthly progress payment or final payment. The current labor and equipment rates for the City Utility Maintenance Division will be made available to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference. The City shall have the right to deduct the total amount of any unpaid City repair bill from the money due or to become due the Contractor.
5.08. WATER POLLUTION
The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect streams, lakes, reservoirs, and canals from pollution with fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, and other harmful materials and shall conduct and schedule Contractor’s operations so as to avoid or minimize muddying and silting of said streams, lakes, reservoirs, and canals. Care shall be exercised to preserve vegetation beyond the limits of construction. The Contractor shall comply with Section 5650 of the California Fish and Game Code and all other applicable statutes and regulations relating to the prevention and abatement of water pollution.
5.09. PAYMENT OF TAXES
The Contract prices paid for the Work shall include full compensation for all taxes, which the Contractor is required to pay, whether imposed by federal, state, or local governments.
5.10. PERMITS AND LICENSES
The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the lawful prosecution of the work. All permits and licenses shall be obtained in sufficient time to prevent delays to the Work. The Contractor shall, at a minimum, possess and maintain the licenses and permits set forth in the Contract Provisions and shall ensure that its employees possess and maintain any certifications, licenses or permits required to perform work under this Contract, including but not limited to state certifications required by the California Department of Industrial Relations.
5.11. PATENTS
The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes used on or incorporated into the Work, and agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless the City, the Engineer, and their duly authorized representatives, from all suits at law, or actions of every nature for, or on account of, the use of any patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes. 211
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
5.12. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
This section defines the Contractor’s responsibility with regard to convenience of the public and public traffic in connection with its operations. (a) The Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to offer the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public. The Contractor shall have under construction no greater length or amount of work than can be properly prosecuted with due regard to the rights of the public.
(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, all public traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. In order to expedite the passage of public traffic through or around the work, the Contractor shall install as appropriate signs, lights, flares, barricades, and other facilities for the sole convenience and direction of public traffic. Also, where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and station competent flagpersons whose sole duties shall consist of directing the movement of public traffic through or around the Work. The cost of furnishing and installing such signs, lights, flares, barricades, and other facilities, and the cost of providing and stationing such flagpersons, all for the convenience and direction of public traffic, will be considered as included in the Contract price and no additional compensation will be allowed. (c) Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any publicly traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at its expense. (d) Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.
(e) Convenient access to driveways, houses and buildings along the line of the work shall be maintained and temporary approaches to crossings or intersecting highways shall be provided and kept in good condition. When the abutting property owner’s access across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated, or to be replaced under the Contract by other access facilities, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement access facilities are usable.
(f) Water shall be supplied if ordered by the Engineer for the alleviation or prevention of dust nuisance as provided in the Contract Documents. Any water obtained from a fire hydrant within the City of West Sacramento shall be subject to a fire hydrant permit issued by the Engineering Division of the City of West Sacramento. (g) Flagpersons and guards, while assigned to traffic control, shall perform their duties and shall be provided with the necessary equipment in accordance with the current “Instructions to Flagmen” of the California Department of Transportation. The equipment shall be furnished and kept clean and in good repair by the Contractor at its expense. (h) All traffic control shall be in accordance with California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD), Part 6 and this Section 5.12. (1) Traffic Control Plans. Traffic Control Plans shall be developed for the project to assure that adequate consideration is given to the safety and convenience of motorists, pedestrians, and workers during construction. The Traffic Control Plans shall include, but not be limited to, signing, pavement markings, construction scheduling, permanent barricades, methods and devices for delineation and channelization, placement and 212
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
maintenance of devices, roadway lighting, traffic regulations, surveillance and inspection. The Traffic Control Plans shall be approved by the Engineer a minimum of two (2) working days prior to start of any work. Non-compliance with any stipulation of this section will be justification for the City to stop work.
(2) Traffic Control Devices and Procedures. Traffic control devices and procedures shall conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD), Part 6 and this Section 5.12. Non-compliance with any stipulation of this section will be justification for the City to stop work.
(3) Elimination of On-Street Parking. The Contractor shall place notification for the elimination of on-street parking, if required, at least forty-eight (48) hours, but not more than seventy-two (72) hours prior to the start of work. The notification shall include the Contractor’s phone number, the City of West Sacramento Community Development Department phone number (916) 617-4645, and the phrase “VEHICLES WILL BE TOWED PURSUANT TO CVC SECTION 22651 (L)”. This notice shall be affixed to a Type II barricade that is placed in the lane of the road (max. 200 ft. spacing) used for on-street parking. No other location or method of placement is acceptable. The notification shall be in a form approved by the Engineer. Non-compliance with any stipulation of this section will be justification for the City to stop work.
(4) Lane Closures. All lane closures shall be included in the Traffic Control Plans, and shall both conform to Section 5.12(h)(2) above, and be approved by the Engineer.
Total road closures will not be allowed for the Project. (5) Measurement and Payment. Unless specifically shown as an item of work on the proposal form, all traffic control shall be considered included in other items of work and no additional compensation will be made for labor, materials or equipment needed.
5.13. CONTINUOUS OPERABILITY OF FACILITIES
Absent written permission by the Engineer, the continuous operation of all existing facilities is required and shall in no way be affected by the Work.
5.14. SAFETY
(a) General
(1) The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the job Site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
Safety provisions shall conform to all applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and codes, and to the rules and regulations established by the California Division of Industrial Safety, and to other rules of law applicable to the Work. (2) The services of the Engineer in conducting construction review of the Contractor’s performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor’s work methods, equipment, bracing or scaffolding or safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site, and shall not be construed as supervision of the actual construction nor make the Engineer or the City responsible for providing a safe place for the performance of work by the Contractor, Subcontractors, or suppliers; or for access, visits, use work, travel or occupancy by any person.
213
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(3) The Contractor shall carefully instruct all personnel working in potentially hazardous work areas as to potential dangers and shall provide such necessary safety equipment and instruction as is necessary to prevent injury to personnel and damage to property. Special care shall be exercised relative to electrical work, work involving excavation and in sump pump work.
(4) All work and materials shall be in strict accordance with all applicable State, Federal and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes. (5) Nothing in this Contract is to be construed to permit work not conforming to governing law. When Contract Documents differ from governing law, the Contractor shall furnish and install the higher standards called for without extra charge. All equipment furnished shall be grounded and provided with guards and protection as required by safety codes. Where vapor-tight or explosion-proof electrical installation is required by law, this shall be provided. (6) The Contractor shall submit a safety plan and/or narrative description to the Engineer prior to commencement of the Work. This safety plan and/or narrative description shall describe all first aid, safety clothing, etc. to be used at the Project Site. (b) Shoring and Trench Safety Plan
(1) Attention is directed to Section 832 of the Civil Code of the State of California relating to lateral and subjacent support, and the Contractor shall comply with this law.
(2) In accordance with Section 6705 of the State Labor Code, the Contractor shall submit to the City specific plans to show details of provisions for worker protection from caving ground. Not less than thirty (30) days before beginning excavation for any trench or trenches five feet or more in depth required under this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer Working Drawings of its trench safety plan. The trench safety plan Working Drawings shall be detailed plans showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety or the Federal Safety and Health Regulations for Construction of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. In no event shall the Contractor use a shoring, sloping, or protective system less effective than that required by said Construction Safety Orders, or less effective than that required by said Federal Safety Standards. Submission of this plan in no way relieves the Contractor from the requirement to maintain safety in all operations performed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
5.15. BLASTING
Except for exceptional circumstances, blasting shall be prohibited. Accordingly, Bids should be prepared on the basis that no blasting will be permitted. Should blasting be required and expressly approved by the City, the City will issue a Change Order for blasting work.
5.16. INTOXICATING LIQUORS AND NARCOTICS
The Contractor shall not sell, permit or suffer the introduction or use of intoxicating liquors or narcotics upon or about the Site.
214
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
5.17. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
(a) The Contractor shall take whatever precautions are necessary to prevent damage to all existing improvements, including above ground and underground utilities, trees, shrubbery that is not specifically shown to be removed, fences, signs, mailboxes, survey markers and monuments, buildings, structures, the City’s property, adjacent property, and any other improvements or facilities within or adjacent to the work. If such improvements or property are injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor’s operations, they shall be replaced or restored, at the Contractor’s expense, to a condition at least as good as the condition they were in prior to the start of the Contractor’s operations.
(b) The Contractor shall adopt all practical means to minimize interference to traffic and public inconvenience, discomfort or damage. The Contractor shall protect against injury to any pipes, conduits or other structures crossing the trenching or encountered in the Work and shall be responsible for any injury done to such pipes or structures, or damage to property resulting therefrom. The Contractor shall support or replace any such structures without delay and without any additional compensation to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. All obstructions to traffic shall be guarded by barriers illuminated at night. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to persons and property directly or indirectly caused by its operations and, under all circumstances, Contractor must comply with the laws and regulations of the State of California relative to safety of persons and property and the interruption of traffic and the convenience of the public within the respective jurisdictions. (c) The Contractor is cautioned that it must replace all improvements in rights-ofway and within the public streets to a condition at least equal to what existed prior to the Contractor’s entry onto the job.
(d) Type and time of construction required at any road subject to interference by the work will be determined by those authorities responsible for maintenance of said road. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the nature and extent of all such requirements, including provision of temporary detours as required; however, the construction right-of-way obtained by the City at affected roadways will be adequate for provision of all required detours. As required at any road crossing, the Contractor shall provide all necessary flagpersons, guardrails, barricades, signals, warning signs and lighting to provide for the safety of existing roads and detours. Immediately after the need for temporary detours ceases, or when directed, the Contractor shall remove such detours and perform all necessary cleanup work, including replacement of fences, and removal of pavement. Included shall be all necessary replacement of existing roadway appurtenances, grading work, soil stabilization and dust control measures, as required and directed.
(e) The Contractor shall examine all bridges, culverts, and other structures over which it will move its materials and equipment, and before using them, Contractor shall properly strengthen such structures where necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all injury or damage to such structures caused by reason of its operations.
5.18. RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIR OF FACILITIES
All public or private facilities, including but not limited to, gravel surfacing at existing canals, structures, telephone cables, roadways, curbs, gutters, parking lots, private drives, levees and embankments for creeks, ponds and reservoirs disturbed during construction of the work shall be repaired and/or replaced by the Contractor to match facilities existing prior to 215
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
construction. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement damage to such facilities or adjoining areas for a period of one year after Acceptance of such required facilities.
5.19. CITY’S REPAIR
In the event the Contractor refuses or neglects to make good any loss or damage for which it is responsible under this Contract, the City may itself or by the employment of others, make good any such loss or damage, and the cost and expense of doing so, including any reasonable engineering, legal and other consultant fees, and any costs of administrative and managerial services, shall be charged to the Contractor. Such costs and expenses may be deducted by the City from claims for payment made by the Contractor for work completed or remaining to be completed.
5.20. ANTITRUST CLAIM ASSIGNMENT
In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to this contract, the Contractor and all Subcontractors shall offer and agree to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties.
5.21. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO RESCIND FOR MATERIAL BREACH
The Contractor agrees that it can be adequately compensated by money damages for any breach of this Contract which may be committed by the City and hereby agrees that no default, act, or omission of the City or the Engineer, shall constitute a material breach of the Contract entitling the Contractor to cancel or rescind the provisions of this Contract or (unless the City shall so consent or direct in writing) to suspend or abandon performance of all or any part of the Work. The Contractor hereby waives any and all rights and remedies to which it might otherwise be or become entitled, save only its right to money damages.
5.22. CONTRACTOR’S LICENSE NOTICE
CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO BE LICENSED AND REGULATED BY THE CONTRACTORS’ STATE LICENSE BOARD. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING A CONTRACTOR MAY BE REFERRED TO:
REGISTRAR CONTRACTORS’ STATE LICENSE BOARD
9821 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95827
MAILING ADDRESS:
P.O. BOX 26000
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95826
5.23. HISTORICAL, SCIENTIFIC AND ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES All articles of historical or scientific value, including but not limited to coins, fossils, and articles of antiquity which may be uncovered by the Contractor during the progress of work, 216
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
shall become City property. Such findings shall be reported immediately to the Engineer who will determine the method of removal, where necessary, and the final disposition thereof.
5.24. INSURANCE
Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or Subcontractors. The cost of such insurance shall be included in the Contractor’s bid.
(a) Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractors shall commence any work until all required insurance has been obtained at their own expense. Such insurance must have the approval of the City as to limit, form, and amount, and shall be placed with insurers with a current A. M. Best’s rating of no less than A-VII.
(b) Any insurance bearing on adequacy of performance shall be maintained after completion of the project for the full guarantee period. (c) Prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the City with original endorsements effecting coverage for all policies required by the Contract. The endorsements shall be signed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The endorsements are to be on forms provided or approved by the City. The City may require the Contractor or any Subcontractor to furnish complete certified copies of all insurance policies affecting the coverage required by the Contract. (d) All of the Contractor’s policies shall contain an endorsement providing that written notice shall be given to the City at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to termination, cancellation, or reduction of coverage in the policy.
(e) Any policy or policies of insurance that the Contractor elects to carry as insurance against loss or damage to its construction equipment and tools shall include a provision therein providing a waiver of the insurer’s right to subrogation against the City and the Engineer.
(f) The requirements as to the types, limits, and the City’s approval of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations assumed by the Contractor under the Contract. (g) In addition to any other remedy the City may have, if the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors fails to maintain the insurance coverage as required in this section, the City may obtain such insurance coverage as is not being maintained, in form and amount substantially the same as required herein, and the City may deduct the cost of such insurance from any amounts due or which may become due the Contractor under this Contract. (h) The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall, at their expense, maintain in effect at all times during the performance of work under the Contract not less than the following coverage and limits of insurance, which shall be maintained with insurers and under forms of policy satisfactory to the City. The maintenance by the Contractor and all Subcontractors of the following coverage and limits of insurance is a material element of this Contract. The failure of the Contractor or any Subcontractor to maintain or renew coverage or to provide evidence of renewal may be treated by the City as a material breach of this contract. 217
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(1) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance (i) Workers’ Compensation
The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall maintain insurance to protect the Contractor or Subcontractor from all claims under Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Acts, including Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Act. Such coverage shall be maintained, in type and amount, in strict compliance with all applicable State and Federal statutes and regulations. The Contractor shall execute a certificate in compliance with Labor Code section 1861, on the form provided in the Contract Documents. (ii) Claims Against City
If an injury occurs to any employee of the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors for which the employee or its dependents, in the event of its death, may be entitled to compensation from the City under the provisions of the said Acts, or for which compensation is claimed from the City, there will be retained out of the sums due the Contractor under this Contract, an amount sufficient to cover such compensation as fixed by said Acts, until such compensation is paid or it is determined that no compensation is due. If the City is required to pay such compensation, the amount so paid will be deducted and retained from such sums due, or to become due, the Contractor.
(2) Commercial General and Automobile Liability Insurance The Contractor shall maintain in effect at all times during the performance of the work hereunder not less than the following coverage’s and limits of Commercial General and Automobile Liability insurance:
(i) Form and Amount
The insurance shall include, but shall not be limited to, protection against claims arising from death, bodily injury, personal injury, or damage to property resulting from actions, failures to act, operations or equipment of the insured, or by its employees, agents or consultants, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the insured. The amount of insurance coverage shall not be less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence with an aggregate no less than two (2) times the required per occurrence limit applying to bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, or any combination of the three. Any deductibles must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles as respects the entity, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration expenses, and defense expenses. The commercial general and automobile liability insurance coverage shall also include the following:
(ii) Additional Requirements
Provision or endorsement naming the City, the Engineer and its consultants, and each of their officers, employees, and agents, each as additional insured’s with respect to any potential liability arising out of the performance of any work under the Contract, and providing that such insurance is primary insurance as respects the interest of the City and Engineer, and its consultants, and each of their officers, employees, and agents and that any other insurance, risk pool membership, or other liability protection maintained by the City or maintained by the Engineer is excess to the insurance required hereunder, and will not be 218
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
called upon to contribute to any loss unless and until all limits available under the Contractor ‘s and Subcontractor’s insurance policy/policies have been paid. The additional insured coverage under the Contractor’s policy shall be “primary and non-contributory” and will not seek contribution from the City’s insurance or self-insurance and shall be at least as broad as CG 20 01 04 13.
(iii) “Cross Liability” or “Severability of Interest” clause. (iv) Broad Form Property Damage, Personal Injury, Contractual Liability, Protective Liability, and Completed Operations coverage’s, and elimination of any exclusion regarding loss or damage to property caused by explosion or resulting from collapse of buildings or structures or damage to property underground, commonly referred to by insurers as the “XCU” hazards.
(v) Provision or endorsement stating that such insurance, subject to all of its other terms and conditions, applies to the liability assumed by the Contractor under the Contract, including, without limitation, that set forth in Section 4.02, Indemnity and Litigation Costs.
(vi) Provision or endorsement stating that any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers. (vii) The Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.
(3) Builder’s Risk or Installation Floater “All-Risk” Insurance. Before commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall submit written evidence that it has obtained for the period of the Contract, Builder’s Risk “All-Risk” Completed Value Insurance and/or Inland Marine “All-Risk” Installation Floater Insurance, as may be applicable, upon the entire project which is the subject of this Contract, including completed work and work in progress. The policy or policies of insurance shall name the Contractor, City, and Engineer as insured’s as their respective interests may appear, and shall include an insurer’s waiver of subrogation rights in favor of each. Such insurance may have a deductible clause, but the amount of the deductible shall be subject to the approval of the City, except that the deductible on earthquake coverage may be in accordance with the underwriter’s requirements.
5.25. INDEMNITY AND LITIGATION COST
(a) Promptly upon execution of the Contract, the Contractor specifically obligates itself and hereby agrees to protect, hold free and harmless, defend and indemnify the City, the Engineer and its consultants, and each of their officers, employees and agents, from any and all liability, penalties, costs, losses, damages, expenses, causes of action, claims or judgments, including attorney’s fees, which arise out of or are in any way connected with the Contractor’s, or its Subcontractors’ or suppliers’, performance of work under this Contract or failure to comply with any of the obligations contained in the Contract. This indemnity shall imply no reciprocal right of the Contractor in any action on the contract pursuant to California Civil Code section 1717 or section 1717.5. To the fullest extent legally permissible, this indemnity, defense and hold harmless agreement by the Contractor shall apply to any and all acts or omissions, whether active or passive, on the part of the Contractor or its agents, employees, representatives, or Subcontractor’s agents, employees and representatives, resulting in claim or 219
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
liability, irrespective of whether or not any acts or omissions of the parties to be indemnified hereunder may also have been a contributing factor to the liability, except such loss or damage which was caused by the active negligence, the sole negligence, or the willful misconduct of the City. The Contractor’s obligations under this Section shall apply to claims arising from the Contractor’s mistake, error, or neglect in preparing its Bid for this project. The Contractor’s obligations under this Section shall apply to claims arising from the Contractor’s mistake, error, or neglect in preparing its Bid for this project.
(b) In any and all claims against the City, the Engineer and each of their consultants, officers, employees and agents by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited in way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under Workers’ Compensation statutes, disability benefit statutes or other employee benefit statutes.
5.26. PROTECTION OF WORK
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care of all the Work until its completion and final acceptance. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, replace damaged or lost material and repair damaged parts of the Work or the same may be done at the Contractor’s expense by the City and the Contractor and its sureties shall be liable therefor. The Contractor shall make its own provisions for properly storing and protecting all material and equipment against theft, injury, or damage from any and all causes. Damaged material and equipment shall not be used in the Work. The Contractor shall take all risks from floods and casualties except as provided by law, and shall make no charge for the restoration of such portions of the work as may be destroyed or damaged by flood or other casualties or because of danger from flood or other casualties or for delays from such causes. The Contractor may, however, be allowed a reasonable extension of time on account of such delays, subject to the conditions herein before specified. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the cost, in excess of 5% of the contracted amount, of repairing or restoring damage to the Work, if the damage was proximately caused by an earthquake in excess of a magnitude of 3.5 on the Richter Scale or by tidal wave’ s; provided that the Work damaged was built in accordance with accepted and applicable building standards, and the plans and specifications of the City. (b) Contractor shall effectively secure and protect adjacent property and structures, livestock, crops and other vegetation. If applicable, the Contractor shall open fences on or crossing the right-of-way and install temporary gates of sound construction thereon so as to prevent the escape of livestock. Adjacent fence posts shall be adequately braced to prevent the sagging or slackening of the wire. Before such fences are opened, the Contractor shall notify the owner or tenant of the property and, where practicable, the opening of the fence shall be in accordance with the wishes of said owner or tenant. The Contractor shall be responsible that no loss or inconvenience shall accrue to the owner or tenant by virtue of their fences having been opened or the gate not having been either shut or attended at all times. Where special types of fences are encountered, the Contractor shall install temporary gates made of similar materials and of suitable quality to serve the purposes of the original fences. In all cases where the Contractor removes fences to obtain workroom, the Contractor shall provide and install temporary fencing as required, and on completion of construction shall restore the original fence to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All costs of providing, maintaining and restoring gates and fencing shall be home by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all passageways, guard fences, lights and other facilities for protection required by public authority or local conditions.
220
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(c) The Contractor shall use extreme care during construction to prevent damage from dust to crops and adjacent property. The Contractor, at its own expense, shall provide adequate dust control for the right-of-way and take other preventative measures as directed by the Engineer.
(d) The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any property resulting from trespass by the Contractor or its employees in the course of their employment, whether such trespass was committed with or without the consent or knowledge of the Contractor. (e) The Contractor shall see that the Site is kept drained and free of all ground water and any other water, which may impede the progress or execution of the Work. (f) The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by drainage or water runoff from construction areas and from construction plant areas. (g) In an emergency affecting the safety of life, the Work, or adjoining property, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Engineer, is hereby permitted to act at its discretion to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and the Contractor shall so act without appeal if so instructed or authorized. Any compensation claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as specified In Section 2.07. Should the Engineer deem an emergency condition to exist, the Contractor shall immediately do those things and take those steps ordered by the Engineer. The decision of the Engineer in this respect shall be final and conclusive. Any claims for compensation made by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as specified in Section 2.07. (h) Except as provided by Government Code section 4215, the Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, relocation and protection of all public and private utilities, including irrigation facilities in the nature of utilities, located on the site of the construction project if and to the extent that the same are identified in the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time or claim for damages for extra compensation in connection therewith. If and to the extent that such utilities or facilities are not identified in the Contract Documents, as between the Contractor and the City, the City will be responsible for the cost of their removal, relocation or protection, as the case may be, but the Contractor shall perform any such work in conformance with applicable provisions of Sections 2.06 and 2.07, if so directed by the Engineer. In such situations the Contractor shall not be responsible for delay in completion of the project caused by the failure of the City or the owner of the utility to provide for such removal or relocation. If the Contractor, while performing the Contract, discovers utility or irrigation facilities not identified by the City in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing.
(i) Subject to the provisions of this section, where the Work to be performed under the Contract crosses or otherwise interferes with existing streams, watercourses, canals, farm ditches, pipelines, drainage channels, or water supplies, the Contractor shall provide for such watercourse or pipelines and shall perform such construction during the progress of the Work so that no damage will result to either public or private interests, and the Contractor shall be liable for all damage that may result from failure to so provide during the progress of the Work.
5.27. ACCIDENTS
(a) The Contractor shall provide and maintain, in accordance with Labor Code section 6708 and OSHA requirements, adequate emergency first-aid treatment for its employees and anyone else who may be injured in connection with the Work. 221
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(b) The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of or in connection with, the performance of the Work, whether on or adjacent to the site, which caused death, personal injury, or property damage, giving full details and statements of witnesses. In addition, if death or serious injury or serious damage are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the City and the Engineer.
(c) If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any Subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim.
5.28. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY
Neither the City, the Engineer, nor any of their other officers, agents, or employees shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under the Contract, except such obligations as are specifically set forth herein.
222
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
SECTION 6
PROGRESS AND COMPLETION OF WORK
6.01. PROGRESS SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall submit within ten (10) days after execution of the Contract a detailed work schedule(s) which shall detail the actions of the Contractor and Subcontractors working at the Site. This schedule(s) shall both show the dates at which the Contractor will start and complete and conform to the completion time specified in the Contract. The controlling operation, defined as the least float path, if any, shall be identified.
The Contractor shall review, revise and resubmit the progress schedule at least once a month to reflect progress. In any event, Contractor shall submit, at any time during the contract period, a current schedule to the Engineer at the Engineer’s request.
No progress payments will be made for any work performed until a satisfactory schedule has been submitted and approved by the Engineer. An updated schedule shall be required from the Contractor if the project falls ten (10) working days behind schedule.
If the Work falls behind the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall promptly take whatever actions are necessary to put the project back on schedule. For delays or portions of delays for which the Contractor is responsible, no payment will be made or time extension allowed for increase in work force, equipment, and working hours needed to put the project on schedule.
6.02. COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND TIME OF COMPLETION (a) Commencement
The Contractor shall begin the Work after receiving a Notice to Proceed within the period of time set forth in the Contract Provisions. Thereafter, Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion as specified in the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall have the right to specify the locations where Contractor shall start and proceed with the Work.
A preconstruction conference will be convened after the Contractor has delivered the necessary bonds, insurance certificates and signed agreement in proper form as required in the invitation to bid, Bid proposal and general conditions of these specifications. Prior to any work, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a list of key personnel assigned to the project and the telephone numbers where they may be reached at any time. The list shall be made available in sufficient copies and presented at the preconstruction conference.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Contract, the City shall not be obligated to accept or pay for any work furnished by the Contractor prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed whether or not the City has knowledge of the furnishing of such work. The Contractor shall not commence with work on this project until its Contract bonds and evidence of insurance comply with all Contract requirements and a Notice to Proceed has been issued.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing two (2) working days (48 hours) prior to commencement of work on the Project or scheduling work for a Saturday, Sunday, or City Holiday. Failure to provide said notification will void the City’s obligation to provide inspection.
Any work done in the absence of the City’s Inspector shall be subject to rejection. 223
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(b) Completion
All work under this Contract shall be completed within the period of time set forth in the Contract Provisions. The Contract shall be deemed completed when the Engineer has certified the completion of the Project as provided in Section 9.07 of these General Conditions.
6.03. SUSPENSION OF WORK
(a) The Engineer may at any time, by notice in writing to the Contractor, suspend any part of the Work for such period of time as may be necessary to prevent improper execution of the Work on the project by the Contractor, its Subcontractors or agents, and the Contractor shall have no claim for damages or additional compensation on account of any such suspension.
(b) The City may at any time suspend any part or all of the Work upon ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor, who shall thereupon discontinue all work suspended except for all operations to prevent loss or damage to work already executed as may be directed by the Engineer. Work shall be resumed by the Contractor after such suspension on written notice from the City.
(c) In the event of any suspension of the Work in whole or in part under subsection (B) above, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time wherein to complete the Work to the extent of the delay caused to the Contractor thereby. (d) In the event the entire work shall be suspended by order of the City, as herein above provided, and shall remain so suspended for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, through no fault of the Contractor, and notice to resume the Work shall not have been served on the Contractor as herein above provided, Contractor may, at its option, by written notice to the City, terminate the Contract in the same manner as if the termination had been initiated by the City, and the City shall have no claim for damages because of such termination of the Contract.
6.04. DELAY IN THE WORK – TIME EXTENSIONS
The Contractor shall at all times employ such force, plant, materials, and tools as will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to prosecute the Work at not less than the rates fixed under the terms of the Contract and to complete the Work thereof within the time limits fixed therein. If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure the completion within the time specified in the Contract, or any extension thereof, or fails to complete said work within such time, the City may exercise the termination provisions set forth in Section 6.05, below. (a) Excusable Delays. Excusable delays shall be delays in the controlling operation of the Contractor’s work due to strikes, lockouts by others, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions which could not have been reasonably anticipated, or any other act(s) of God beyond the Contractor’s control, or by delay authorized by the City, or by any cause which the City shall decide to justify the delay. Except as provided in Section 6.04(f), below, in the event of an excusable delay, the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the City may decide. The Contractor’s right to an extension of time for an excusable delay is expressly subject to Contractor’s giving written notice of such claim within ten (10) days following the date the Contractor knew or should have known of the delay. Failure to give such notice shall be construed as a waiver of such right. It is 224
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
understood and agreed that extensions of time shall be the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for excusable delays.
(b) Compensable delays. Compensable delays shall be delays in the controlling operating of the Contractor’s work due to acts or neglect of the City, its employees or those under it by contract or otherwise, or by changes ordered in the work. In the event of a compensable delay, the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the City may decide. In addition, the Contractor may recover its direct costs as provided in Section
6.05. The Contractor’s remedies for compensable delays are expressly subject to Contractor’s giving ten (10) days written notice of such claim from the date the Contractor knew or should have known of the delay. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedies for compensable delays shall be an extension of the time and recovery of its direct costs as compensable hereunder, but only in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
(c) Contractor and City understand and agree that the Contract time for the completion of this project is a very important part of the contract. Extensions of time will only be granted as provided above when events actually cause the Contractor to be delayed in the performance of that schedule activity which is the controlling operation as of the time of the delay. When acts or omissions occur which could cause delay, Contractor will take all reasonable means in order to be able to continue to work as scheduled without any delay, or as short a delay as possible. Additionally, if inclement weather causes accumulation of standing water on the work site or other conditions which might cause delay, Contractor shall take all measures reasonably necessary to permit work to continue as quickly as possible. (d) If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a claim for additional time, such claim shall be documented by date substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. Adverse weather conditions shall be considered only as those conditions that exceed the average annual number of rain days and rain quantities as established by the Annual Local Climatological Summary and NOAA National Technical Memorandum NWS WR-65 (Revised) as published by the United States Government, National Weather Service, National Climate Center, Asheville, North Carolina. (e) The Engineer shall be responsible for determining when adverse weather conditions result in non-workable days. It shall be the Contractor’s duty to stay informed of such determinations by the Engineer. The Contractor may object to such adverse weather determinations by filing with the Engineer a written notice of objection. The notice of objection shall state the basis of the objection and provide supporting documentation, which substantiates that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. All such notices of objection shall be filed within three (3) days of the day in dispute. It is hereby agreed that the Contractor’s failure to submit a written notice of objection within three (3) days of the Engineer’s adverse weather determination shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of all its rights to further protest, judicial or otherwise. (f) The Engineer will, within a reasonable period of time, issue a ruling on the Contractor’s notice of objection. All such rulings by the Engineer shall be final, unless the Contractor files a written protest within fifteen (15) days of the Engineer’s ruling. This protest shall clearly state the basis of the dispute. Such protest will be forwarded promptly to the City, which will issue a decision on each such protest. The City decision will be final. Pending the City decision, the Contractor shall proceed with its work in accordance with the Engineer’s ruling 225
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
and/or instructions. It is hereby agreed that the Contractor’s failure to file a protest within fifteen days (15) of the Engineer’s ruling shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of all its rights to further protest, judicial or otherwise.
(g) The number of days that are anticipated to be non-workable due to adverse weather conditions shall be as set forth in Section 4.0 of the Special Conditions. Days deemed non-workable by the Engineer in excess of such anticipated number shall be considered excusable delays.
(h) Unexcused delays shall be delays in the Contractor’s work due to acts or neglect of the Contractor, its employees, Subcontractors or those under it by contract or otherwise. In the event of an unexcused delay, the Contractor expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to either an extension of time or recovery of its costs.
(i) A request for an extension of time, or the granting of an extension of time, shall not constitute a basis for any claim against the City for additional compensation or damages unless caused by the City or another Contractor employed by the City.
6.05. DAMAGES FOR DELAY
In the event of compensable delay, the City shall only be liable for idle equipment, idle workers and the necessary costs of transporting equipment. The City shall be liable to the extent that the compensable delay is concurrent with excusable delays or Contractor caused delays to the controlling operation. The allowable costs shall be as for force account work under Section 2.04 with the following exceptions:
(a) The Delay Factor in the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rules applies to each equipment rental rate;
(b) The daily number of payable hours shall equal the normal working hours during the delay, not to exceed eight (8) hours per day; and
(c) No markups will be added.
6.06. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
If at any time before completion of the Work, the City determines that it is either impossible or against the interests of the City to complete the Work, or if the Work is stopped by an injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction or by order of any competent authority, the City may, upon ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor, discontinue the Work and terminate the Contract. Upon service of such notice of termination, the Contractor shall discontinue the Work in such manner, sequence, and at such times as described below. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages for such discontinuance or termination, nor any claim for anticipated profits on the Work thus dispensed with, nor any other actually performed up to the time of discontinuance, including any Extra Work ordered by the Engineer to be done, nor for any claim for liquidated damages.
Termination of the Contract for convenience and the total compensation payable to the Contractor in the event of termination shall be governed by the following:
226
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(a) The Engineer will issue the Contractor a written notice signed by the Engineer, specifying that the Contract is to be terminated. Upon receipt of said written notice and, except as otherwise directed in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall:
(1) Stop all Work under the Contract except that specifically directed to be completed prior to Acceptance.
(2) Perform Work the Engineer deems necessary to secure the project for termination.
(3) Remove equipment from the site of the Work.
(4) Take such action as is necessary to protect materials from damage. (5) Notify all Subcontractors and suppliers that the Contract is being terminated and that their contracts or orders are not to be further performed unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer.
(6) Provide the Engineer with an inventory list of all material previously produced, purchased or ordered from suppliers for use in the Work and not yet used in the Work, including its storage location, and such other information as the Engineer may request. (7) Dispose of material not yet used in the Work as directed by the Engineer.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to provide the City with good title to all materials purchased by the City hereunder, including material for which partial payment has been made and with bills of sale or other documents of title for such materials.
(8) Subject to the prior written approval of the Engineer, settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of subcontracts or orders for material terminated hereunder.
To the extent directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall assign to the City all the right, title and interest of the Contractor under subcontracts or orders for materials terminated hereunder. (9) Furnish the Engineer with the documentation required to be furnished by the Contractor under the provisions of the Contract including, on projects as to which Federal funds are involved, all documentation required under the Federal requirements included in the Contract.
(10) Take such other actions as the Engineer may direct. (b) Termination of the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damage to materials except as follows:
(1) The Contractor’s responsibility for damage to materials for which partial payment has been made and for materials furnished by the City for use in the Work and unused shall terminate when the Engineer certifies that such materials have been stored in the manner and at the locations he or she has directed.
(2) The Contractor’s responsibility for damage to materials purchased by the City subsequent to the issuance of the notice that the Contract is to be terminated shall terminate when title and delivery of such materials has been taken by the City. 227
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(3) When the Engineer determines that the Contractor has completed the Work under the Contract directed to be completed prior to termination and such other Work as may have been ordered to secure the project for termination, he or she will recommend that the Engineer formally accept the Contract, and immediately upon and after such Acceptance by the Engineer, the Contractor will not be required to perform any further Work thereon and shall be relieved of his or her Contractual responsibilities for injury to persons or damage to property which occurs after the formal Acceptance of the project by the Engineer. (c) The total compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be determined by the Engineer on the basis of the following:
(1) The reasonable cost to the Contractor, without profit, for all Work performed under the Contract, including mobilization, demobilization and Work done to secure the project for termination. Reasonable cost will include a reasonable allowance for project Overhead and general administrative Overhead not to exceed a total of seven (7%) percent of Direct Costs of such Work.
(2) A reasonable allowance for profit on the cost of the Work performed as determined under Section 2.04(a) above, provided the Contractor establishes to the satisfaction of the Engineer that it is reasonably probable that he or she would have made a profit had the Contract been completed and provided further, that the profit allowed shall in no event exceed four (4%) percent of said cost.
(3) The reasonable cost to the Contractor of handling material returned to the vendor, delivered to the City or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Engineer. (4) A reasonable allowance for the Contractor’s administrative costs in determining the amount payable due to termination of the Contract.
All records of the Contractor and the Subcontractors, necessary to determine compensation in accordance with this section shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the City at all times after issuance of the notice that the Contract is to be terminated and for a period of three (3) years, and such records shall be retained for that period.
After Termination of the Work by the Engineer, the Engineer may make payments on the basis of interim estimates pending issuance of the Final Statement, when in his or her opinion the amount thus paid, together with all amounts previously paid or allowed, will not result in total compensation in excess of that to which the Contractor will be entitled.
All payments, including payment upon the Final Statement, shall be subject to deduction for prior payments and amounts, if any, to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract.
(d) The provisions of this section shall be included in all subcontracts.
6.07. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
(a) In the event of any default by the Contractor as described below, the City may, after giving ten (10) days’ written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contractor’s right to proceed with the Work or any part of the Work in the City’s sole discretion. Events of default include:
228
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
(1) Failure or refusal to prosecute the Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure the completion within the time specified in the Contract, or any extension thereof, or failure to complete said work within such time. (2) Filing of bankruptcy by the Contractor, or the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or appointment of a receiver on account of Contractor’s insolvency without discharge of the receiver within ten (10) days after its appointment.
(3) Failure to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or suppliers. (4) Persistent disregard of laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer, or other substantial violation of any provision of the Contract. (b) In the event the right of the Contractor to proceed with the Work, or any portion thereof, has been terminated because of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor has been given ten (10) days’ notice to cure such fault and has not done so, the City may take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or any other method the City deems expedient, and may take possession of and utilize in completing the Work such materials, appliances, equipment and plant as may be on the site of the Work and necessary therefore. In such event, the Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for all damages including costs of managerial and administrative services, engineering, legal and other consultant fees, and liquidated damages sustained or incurred by the City. (c) Upon termination, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If upon completion of the Work the total cost to the City, including engineering, legal and other consultant fees, costs of managerial and administrative services, construction costs, and liquidated damages shall be less than the amount which would have been paid if the Work had been completed by the Contractor in accordance with the terms of the Contract, then the difference shall be paid to the Contractor in the same manner as the final payment under the Contract. If the total cost incurred by the City on account of termination of the Contract and subsequent completion of the Work by the City by whatever method the City may deem expedient shall exceed said amount which the Contractor would otherwise have been paid, the Contractor and its sureties shall be liable to the City for the full amount of such excess expense.
(d) The rights and remedies of the City provided in this section are in addition to any of the rights and remedies provided by the law or under this Contract.
6.08. FAILURE TO TIMELY COMPLETE THE WORK – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (a) Liquidated Damages
(1) It is agreed by the parties to this Contract that time is of the essence. In the event all the Work is not completed before or upon the expiration of the time limit as set in the Bid, Contract and/or Progress Schedule, or within any time extensions that may have been granted, damage will be sustained by the City; and that it may be impracticable to determine the actual amount of damage by reason of such delay. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Contractor shall pay to the City as damages the amount set forth for each and every day’s delay in finishing the Work in excess of the number of days specified. Liquidated damages shall be paid at a rate of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per day unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents.
The parties expressly agree that the liquidated damage clause found in the Contract Documents 229
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
is reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time the Contract was made. The City shall have the right to deduct the amount of liquidated damages from any money due or to become due the Contractor.
(2) In addition, the City shall have the right to charge to the Contractor and to deduct from the final or progress payments for the Work the actual cost to the City of legal, engineering, inspection, superintendence, and other expenses, which are directly chargeable to the Contract and which accrue during the period of such delay, except that the cost of final inspection and preparation of the final estimate shall not be included in the charges. (b) Exclusions
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.06(a), the Contractor shall not be liable for liquidated damages or delays caused by the removal or relocation of utilities when such removal or relocation is the responsibility of the City or the owner of the utility under Government Code section 4215.
6.09. CLEAN-UP
During the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall maintain the Site and related structures and equipment in a clean, orderly condition and free from unsightly accumulation of rubbish. All waste materials shall be removed daily from the Site and disposed of by the Contractor by any proper means at its own expense unless designated otherwise on the plans.
No waste materials shall be placed in the public street right-of-way. Unless otherwise specified, all existing piping, materials and/or equipment removed pursuant to this Contract shall become the Contractor’s property.
Upon completion of the Work and before the final estimate is submitted, the Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, remove from the vicinity of the Work all plants, buildings, rubbish, unused work materials, concrete forms, and temporary bridging and other like materials, belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor’s direction during the construction, and in the event of the Contractor’s failure to do so, the same may be removed by the City after ten (10) calendar days’ notice to the Contractor. Such removal shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall use care in the removal of materials and equipment so as not to cause damage to existing facilities and structures. Contractor shall assume liability for all such damage. Where the construction has crossed yards or driveways, restoration shall be by the Contractor to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer, at the Contractor’s expense.
The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for the disposal of waste materials. If the Contractor elects to dispose of such materials on private property, Contractor shall obtain written permission from all property owners involved.
230
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
SECTION 7
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7.01. MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
(a) Where the Contract provides for payment on a lump sum price basis, no measurement of quantity will be made. Where the Contract provides for payment on a unit price basis, the quantities of work performed will be computed by the Engineer on the basis of measurements taken by the Engineer, and these measurements shall be final and conclusive. (b) All quantities of work computed under the Contract shall be based upon measurements by the Engineer according to United States Measurements and Weights. (c) Methods of measurement are specified herein and in the Technical Specifications.
(d) Mobilization shall be measured and payment issued according to Section 11 of the State Standard Specifications.
7.02. SCOPE OF PAYMENT
(a) The Contractor shall accept the compensation provided in the Contract as full payment for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to the completed work and for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract; also for loss or damage arising from the nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the Work until the Acceptance by the City and for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the Work, also for all expenses incurred in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work as provided in the Contract; and for completing the Work according to the Specifications and Plans. Neither the payment of any estimate nor of any retained percentage shall relieve the Contractor of any obligation to make good any defective work or material.
(b) No compensation will be made in any case for loss of anticipated profits.
Increased or decreased work involving supplemental agreements will be paid for as provided in such agreements.
(c) The Work includes the preparatory work and operations needed for mobilization and demobilization of the Project. The Work, however, does not include establishing the Engineer’s field facility(s) of utility work and connections needed for these facilities.
7.03. PROGRESS ESTIMATE
For each calendar month of Contract work, the Engineer will prepare a progress estimate of all work performed under the Contract. Within the first ten (10) days of each succeeding calendar month, the Engineer will prepare in writing an estimate which in the Engineer’s opinion is a fair approximation of the value of all work done under the Contract, including any amounts due the Contractor for Extra Work and Change Orders. In arriving at the value of the Work done, the Engineer will give consideration to the value of labor and materials which have been incorporated into the permanent work by the Contractor during the preceding 231
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
month. Consideration will not be given to preparatory work done or for materials or equipment on hand.
In order to assist the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with copies of invoices for all such items delivered to the job site.
7.04. PROGRESS PAYMENTS
(a) The City will pay the Contractor ninety-five percent (95%) of the amount of each progress estimate within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted progress estimate from the Contractor, unless the City has made a finding prebid pursuant to Public Contract Code section 7201(b)(4) justifying a larger retention. If the City fails to pay an undisputed progress estimate within the allotted thirty (30) days, the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (A) of section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. Five percent (5%) of the amount of each estimate shall be retained by the City until final completion and Acceptance of all work under the Contract. (b) Upon receipt of a payment request, the City shall act in accordance with both of the following:
(1) Each payment request shall be reviewed by the City as soon as practicable after receipt for the purpose of determining that the progress estimate is a proper payment request.
(2) Any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request suitable for payment shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days, after receipt. A request returned pursuant to this section shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper.
(c) The number of days available to the City to make a payment without incurring interest pursuant to this section shall be reduced by the number of days by which the City exceeds the seven-day return requirement set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision (b). (d) The Contractor may, in accordance with the provisions of Public Contracts Code section 22300, substitute securities for any monies which the City may withhold to insure performance under the Contract.
(e) When, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Work is not proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, or when in the Engineer’s judgment the total amount of the Work done since the last estimate amounts to less than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00), no pay estimate will be prepared and no progress payment will be made. (f) No progress estimate or payment shall be considered to be an approval or Acceptance of any work, materials or equipment. Estimated amounts and values of work done and materials and equipment furnished will be conformed with actual amounts and values as they become available in subsequent progress estimates, progress payments and the final estimate and payment. All estimates and payments will be subject to correction in subsequent progress estimates and payments and the final estimate and payment. (g) It is mutually agreed between the parties to the Contract that no payments made under the Contract, including progress payments and the final payment shall be evidence of the 232
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
performance of the Contract, either wholly or in part, and no payment shall construed to be an Acceptance of any defective or incomplete work or improper materials.
7.05. PROMPT PROGRESS PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS
A prime Contractor or Subcontractor shall pay any Subcontractor not later than seven (7) days of receipt of each progress payment in accordance with the provisions in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to Subcontractors. The seven (7) days is applicable unless a longer period is agreed to in writing.
Any delay or postponement of payment over 30 days may take place only for good cause and with the City’s prior written approval. Any violation of Section 7108.5 shall subject the violating Contractor or Subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies of that section. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the Contractor or Subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the prime Contractor , deficient subcontract performance, or noncompliance by a Subcontractor. This provision applies to both DBE and non-DBE Subcontractors.
7.06. LIENS AND STOP NOTICES
The Contractor agrees to keep the Work, the site of the Work and all monies held by the City free and clear of all liens and stop notices related to labor and materials furnished in connection with the Work, if permitted by law. Furthermore, the Contractor waives any right it may have to file any type of lien or stop notice in connection with the Work. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract Documents, if any such lien or stop notice is filed or there is evidence to believe that lien or stop notice may be filed at any time during the progress of the Work or within the duration of this Contract, the City may refuse to make any payment otherwise due the Contractor or may withhold any payment due the Contractor a sum sufficient in the opinion of the City to pay all obligations and expenses necessary to satisfy such lien or stop notice. The City may withhold such payment unless or until the Contractor, within ten days after demand therefor by the City, shall furnish satisfactory evidence that the indebtedness and any lien or stop notice in respect thereof has been satisfied, discharged and released of record, or that the Contractor has legally caused such lien or stop notice to be released of record pending the resolution of any dispute between the Contractor and any person or persons filing such lien or stop notice. If the Contractor shall fail to furnish such satisfactory evidence within ten days of the demand therefor, the City may discharge such indebtedness and deduct the amount thereof, together with any and all losses, costs and damages suffered or incurred by the City from any sum payable to the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including but not limited to final payment and retained percentage. This section shall be specifically included in all Subcontracts and purchase orders entered into by the Contractor.
7.07. FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND DATE OF COMPLETION
Whenever the Contractor shall deem all Work under this Contract to have been completed in accordance therewith, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing, and the Engineer shall promptly ascertain whether the Work has been satisfactorily completed and, if not, shall advise the Contractor in detail and in writing of any additional work required. When all the provisions of the Contract have been fully complied with, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer shall proceed with all reasonable diligence to determine accurately the total value of all Work performed by the Contractor at the prices set forth in the Contract or fixed by Change Orders, and the total value of all extra work, all in accordance with the Contract.
The Engineer will then certify to said final estimate and to the completion of the Work, and will 233
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
file copies thereof with the City and the Contractor, and shall cause of Notice of Completion to be filed with the Yolo County Clerk-Recorder . The date of completion shall be the date of filing of the Notice of Completion. All guarantees, warranties, and securities securing said guarantees and warranties, shall commence on said date.
7.08. RIGHT TO WITHHOLD PAYMENTS
(a) In addition to all other rights and remedies of the City hereunder and by virtue of the law, the City may withhold or nullify the whole or any part of any partial or final payment to such extent as may reasonably be necessary to protect the City from loss on account of:
(1) Defective work not remedied, irrespective of when any such work be found to be defective;
(2) Claims or liens filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims or liens including, but not limited to claims under Sections 1775, 1776, or 1777.7 of the Labor Code;
(3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly for labor, materials, equipment, or other facilities, or to Subcontractors and/or suppliers; (4) A reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the balance then unearned;
(5) A reasonable doubt that the Contractor will complete the Work within the agreed time limits;
(6) Costs to the City resulting from failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the proper time; or
(7) Damage to work or property.
(b) Whenever the City shall, in accordance herewith, withhold any monies otherwise due the Contractor, written notice of the amount withheld and the reasons therefor will be given the Contractor. After the Contractor has corrected the enumerated deficiencies, the City will promptly pay to the Contractor the amount so withheld. When monies are withheld to protect the City against claims or liens of mechanics, material men, Subcontractors, etc., the City may at its discretion permit the Contractor to deliver a surety bond in terms and amount satisfactory to the City, indemnifying the City against any loss or expense, and upon Acceptance thereof by the City, the City shall release to the Contractor monies so withheld.
7.09. FINAL PAYMENT
Within ten (10) days after the date of completion, the City will file in the Office of the County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work herein agreed to be done by the Contractor. Within sixty (60) days of completion defined in Public Contract Code section 7107, the difference between said final estimate and all payments theretofore made to the Contractor shall be due and payable to the Contractor, subject to any requirements concerning the furnishings of a maintenance bond, and excepting only such sum or sums as may be withheld or deducted in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. All prior certifications upon which partial Payments may have been made, being merely estimates, shall be subject to correction in the final certificate.
234
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
Updated 2/17/23
7.10. FINAL RELEASE
Final payment to the Contractor in accordance with the final estimate is contingent upon the Contractor furnishing the City with a signed written release of all claims against the City arising by virtue of the Contract. Disputed Contract claims in stated amounts may be specifically excluded by the Contractor from the operation of the release. The release shall be in substantially the form specified in California Civil Code section 8138. 235
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
1795423.1 7203-038
PART 3 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
(SPECIAL PROVISIONS)
236
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
1795423.1 7203-038
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS (SPECIAL PROVISIONS)
Except as modified by these Supplemental Conditions, the work shall be performed in accordance with Part 3 General Conditions. The numbering of these Supplemental Conditions coincides to the numbering in the General Conditions. The existence of a section in these Supplemental Conditions means that a corresponding section in the General Conditions is modified in some respect. Under these contract documents, Supplemental Conditions and Special Provisions have the same meaning.
The following Supplemental Conditions , if any, shall be used in conjunction with the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications current edition including Standard Details and all revisions, and the current State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, in that order.
The following provisions apply to use of or reference to the Caltrans Standard Specifications:
1. None of the “General Provisions” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, i.e., Sections 1 through 9, applies to these Contract Documents with the exception of any specific provisions, if any, which are expressly stated to apply to these Contract Documents. The City’s “General Conditions” shall govern.
2. If there is a conflict or inconsistency between any provision in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and a provision of these Contract Documents, the provision in the Contract Documents will govern.
3. Any reference to the “Engineer” in the Caltrans Standard Specifications is deemed to mean “City”, “Owner” or “Architect/Engineer” or Owner’s designated representative.
4. Any reference to the “State” in the Caltrans Standard Specifications is deemed to mean “City” or “Owner.”
City Standard Specifications are available online at:
http://cityofwestsacramento.org/city/depts/comdev/engineering/specs/default.asp Bound hardcopies may be purchased from City Hall at:
1110 West Capitol Avenue, 2nd Floor
West Sacramento, California 95691
or by calling (916) 617-4645 for purchase by mail.
State Standard Specifications are available online at:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/oe/standards.php
237
Torres Project Management, Inc
CPC24-082 - Fire Station Tenant Improvement Project
Expires: 180 Working days
1795423.1 7203-038
PART 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the City of West Sacramento Standard Specifications – Division IV: Standard Construction Specifications and Caltrans Standard Specifications 2015, except as modified by these Technical Specifications.
Section numbering of these Technical Specifications does not conform to the City’s Standard Specifications.
Contractor shall provide submittals (shop drawings) for all materials to be installed or used on the project.
238
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 00 01 10 - 1 Table of Contents SECTION 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
1.01 DIVISION 00 -- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A. 00 01 01 - Project Title Page
B. 00 01 10 - Table of Contents
SPECIFICATIONS
2.01 DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. 01 10 00 - Summary
B. 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures
C. 01 23 00 - Alternates
D. 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements
E. 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements
F. 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls
G. 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
H. 01 61 16 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions I. 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements
J. 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal K. 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals
2.02 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. 02 41 00 - Demolition
2.03 DIVISION 03 -- CONCRETE
A. 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories
B. 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete
2.04 DIVISION 04 -- MASONRY
A. 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry
2.05 DIVISION 06 -- WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
A. 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry
B. 06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry
2.06 DIVISION 08 -- OPENINGS
A. 08 14 16 – Flush Wood Doors
B. 08 62 23 – Tubular Skylights
C. 08 71 00 – Door Hardware
2.07 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES
A. 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies
B. 09 30 00 - Tiling
C. 09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring
D. 09 91 23 - Interior Painting
2.08 DIVISION 10 -- SPECIALTIES
A. 10 14 00 – Signage
B. 10 26 00 – Wall and Door Protection
C. 10 28 00 – Toilet and Shower Accessories
D. 10 28 19 – Shower Enclosures
239
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 00 01 10 - 2 Table of Contents
2.09 DIVISION 12 -- FURNISHINGS
A. 12 32 00 - Manufactured Wood Casework
2.10 DIVISION 22 -- PLUMBING
A. 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing
B. 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing
C. 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment D. 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation General Requirements
E. 22 07 19 - Plumbing Piping Insulation
F. 22 11 16 - Domestic Water Piping
G. 22 13 16 - Sanitary Waste and Vent
H. 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures
2.11 DIVISION 23 -- HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) A. 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC
B. 23 05 30 - Hangers and Support for HVAC Ductwork
C. 23 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment D. 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
E. 23 07 13 - Duct Insulation
F. 23 31 13 - Metal Ducts
G. 23 33 13 - Dampers
H. 23 33 43 - Flexible Connectors
2.12 DIVISION 26 -- ELECTRICAL
A. 26 05 10 - General Electrical Requirements
240
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 10 00 - 1 Summary
SECTION 01 10 00
SUMMARY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT
A. Project Name: West Sacramento Fire Station 43.
B. Owner's Name: City of West Sacramento. This includes City of West Sacramento Fire Department stakeholders.
C. The Project consists of the alteration of Fire Station 43 Bathroom and Dormitory as described below..
1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK
A. Scope of demolition and removal work is indicated on drawings and specified in Section 02 41
00. B. Scope of alterations work is indicated on drawings.
C. The work of this contract includes providing all labor, materials, equipment, rework, and services necessary to partially renovate 654 sf of existing fire station 43. Scope includes demolition, patching, repairing, framing, sheathing, casework, painting, ceiling and flooring installation, and upgrades to mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, and other tasks specified in the plans and specifications.
D. Areas to be renovated:
1. 164 sf in bathroom alterations;
a. 69 sf accessible single-occupant bathroom
b. 95 sf pair of standard single-occupant bathrooms
2. 356 sf in dorm room alterations;
a. 127 sf accessible dorm room
b. 229 sf pair of dorm room
3. 134 sf in circulation alterations related to the above E. This project includes the folloiwng additive alternates:
1. Alt 1: Path of travel openings
2. Alt 2: Path of travel - entry paving
3. Alt 3: Interior Paint at other conditioned area
F. Plumbing: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.
G. HVAC: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.
H. Electrical Power and Lighting: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.
I. Fire Alarm: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.
J. Telephone: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.
K. Security System: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.
1.04 WORK BY OWNER
A. Items noted NIC (Not in Contract) will be supplied and installed by Owner before Substantial Completion. Some items include:
1. Movable cabinets.
2. Furnishings.
3. Small equipment.
4. Rugs.
5. Artwork.
241
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 10 00 - 2 Summary
1.05 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Owner intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the existing building during the entire construction period.
B. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion.
C. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.
D. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.
1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings.
1. Locate and conduct construction activities in ways that will limit disturbance to site.
B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow:
1. Owner occupancy.
C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner:
1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered.
2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit.
D. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage.
E. Utility Outages and Shutdown:
1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the building is unoccupied.
2. Do not disrupt or shut down station annunciator systems.
3. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
242
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 20 00 - 1 Price and Payment Procedures SECTION 01 20 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments.
B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time.
C. Change procedures.
D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes.
E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Use Schedule of Values Form: AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit draft to Engineer for approval.
C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.
1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Engineer for approval.
C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.
D. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
E. Submit one electronic and three hard-copies of each Application for Payment.
1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
A. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Engineer will issue instructions directly to Contractor.
B. For other required changes, Engineer will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.
2. Promptly execute the change.
C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Engineer will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work requiredand the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 days.
D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation.
Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000.
E. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract.
1. For change requested by Engineer for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation.
2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Engineer.
243
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 20 00 - 2 Price and Payment Procedures
3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices.
4. For change ordered by Engineer without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Engineer based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work.
F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.
1. On request, provide the following data:
a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds.
c. Overhead and profit.
d. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:
a. Origin and date of claim.
b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
c. Time records and wage rates paid.
d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
G. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum.
I. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.
B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished:
1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 70 00.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
244
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 23 00 - 1 Alternates SECTION 01 23 00
ALTERNATES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Description of Alternates.
B. Procedures for pricing Alternates.
C. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Document 00 21 13 - Instructions to Bidders: Instructions for preparation of pricing for Alternates.
B. Document 00 43 23 - Alternates Form: List of Alternates as supplement to Bid Form.
C. Document 00 52 00 - Agreement Form: Incorporating monetary value of accepted Alternates.
1.03 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option.
Accepted Alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each Alternate.
1.04 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1 - Path of Travel Openings:
1. Base Bid: Restroom and Dormitory Renovations.
2. Alternate No. 1:
a. Add work to widen one existing opening between restrooms and main entry to 32-in minimum clear.
b. Add work to modify main entry door:
1) Replace existing landing and threshold with new, featuring accessible slope and level changes.
2) Modify door panel/ hardware as required for it to swing 90-degrees for accessible opening.
3) Modify door panel/ hardware/ frame as required to install power actuated operator assembly, including interior and exterior paddle buttons, for accessible operation.
B. Alternate No. 2 - Path of Travel Paving:
1. Base Bid: Restroom and Dormitory Renovations and Alternate 1 (above).
2. Alternate No. 2:
a. Add work to replace existing paving between main entry door landing and front metal gate, featuring accessible slope and level changes.
C. Alternate No. 3 - Interior Paint at other conditioned areas:
1. Base Bid Item: Restroom and Dormitory Renovations and Alternate 1 & 2 (above).
2. Alternate No. 3:
a. Paint the conditioned work area outside of the scope of the work area to match the newly remodeled area.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
245
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 1 Administrative Requirements SECTION 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General administrative requirements.
B. Preconstruction meeting.
C. Site mobilization meeting.
D. Progress meetings.
E. Construction progress schedule.
F. Contractor's daily reports.
G. Progress photographs.
H. Coordination drawings.
I. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout.
J. Requests for Interpretation (RFI) procedures.
K. Submittal procedures.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions: Dates for applications for payment.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: General product requirements.
C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements.
1.03 GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for coordination of execution of administrative tasks with timing of construction activities.
B. Make the following types of submittals to Engineer:
1. Requests for Interpretation (RFI).
2. Requests for substitution.
3. Shop drawings, product data, and samples.
4. Test and inspection reports.
5. Design data.
6. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports.
7. Applications for payment and change order requests.
8. Progress schedules.
9. Coordination drawings.
10. Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.
11. Closeout submittals.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award.
B. Attendance Required:
1. Owner.
2. Engineer.
3. Contractor.
C. Agenda:
1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement.
2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 246
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 2 Administrative Requirements
3. Distribution of Contract Documents.
4. Submission of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule.
5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract and Engineer.
6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.
7. Scheduling.
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
3.02 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule meeting at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B. Attendance Required:
1. Contractor.
2. Owner.
3. Engineer.
4. Contractor's superintendent.
5. Major subcontractors.
C. Agenda:
1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor.
2. Owner's requirements.
3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner.
4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner.
5. Survey and building layout.
6. Security and housekeeping procedures.
7. Schedules.
8. Application for payment procedures.
9. Procedures for testing.
10. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
11. Requirements for start-up of equipment.
12. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period.
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
3.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum bi-monthly intervals.
B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings.
C. Attendance Required:
1. Contractor.
2. Owner.
3. Engineer.
4. Contractor's superintendent.
5. Major subcontractors.
D. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review of work progress.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress.
5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.
6. Maintenance of progress schedule.
7. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
247
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 3 Administrative Requirements
8. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
9. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
10. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.
11. Other business relating to work.
E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
3.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days.
B. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review.
1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule.
C. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule.
D. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.
3.05 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A. Include only factual information. Do not include personal remarks or opinions regarding operations and/or personnel.
B. Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site and project progress:
1. Date.
2. High and low temperatures, and general weather conditions.
3. List of subcontractors at Project site.
4. Safety, environmental, or industrial relations incidents.
5. Meetings and significant decisions.
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. Include comparison between scheduled work activities (in Contractor's most recently updated and published schedule) and actual activities. Explain differences, if any. Note days or periods when no work was in progress and explain the reasons why.
7. Testing and/or inspections performed.
8. Signature of Contractor's authorized representative.
3.06 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Submit photographs with each application for payment, taken not more than 3 days prior to submission of application for payment.
B. Photography Type: Digital; electronic files.
C. Provide photographs of site and construction throughout progress of work produced by an experienced photographer, acceptable to Engineer.
D. In addition to periodic, recurring views, take photographs of each of the following events:
1. Foundations in progress and upon completion.
2. Structural framing in progress and upon completion.
3. Final completion, minimum of ten (10) photos.
E. Views:
1. Provide non-aerial photographs from four cardinal views at each specified time, until date of Substantial Completion.
2. Consult with Engineer for instructions on views required.
3. Provide factual presentation.
4. Provide correct exposure and focus, high resolution and sharpness, maximum depth of field, and minimum distortion.
3.07 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI)
A. Definition: A request seeking one of the following:
248
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 4 Administrative Requirements
1. An interpretation, amplification, or clarification of some requirement of Contract Documents arising from inability to determine from them the exact material, process, or system to be installed; or when the elements of construction are required to occupy the same space (interference); or when an item of work is described differently at more than one place in Contract Documents.
2. A resolution to an issue which has arisen due to field conditions and affects design intent.
B. Whenever possible, request clarifications at the next appropriate project progress meeting, with response entered into meeting minutes, rendering unnecessary the issuance of a formal RFI.
C. Preparation: Prepare an RFI immediately upon discovery of a need for interpretation of Contract Documents. Failure to submit a RFI in a timely manner is not a legitimate cause for claiming additional costs or delays in execution of the work.
1. Prepare a separate RFI for each specific item.
a. Review, coordinate, and comment on requests originating with subcontractors and/or materials suppliers.
b. Do not forward requests which solely require internal coordination between subcontractors.
2. Prepare in a format and with content acceptable to Owner.
3. Combine RFI and its attachments into a single electronic file. PDF format is preferred.
D. Reason for the RFI: Prior to initiation of an RFI, carefully study all Contract Documents to confirm that information sufficient for their interpretation is definitely not included.
1. Include in each request Contractor's signature attesting to good faith effort to determine from Contract Documents information requiring interpretation.
2. Unacceptable Uses for RFIs: Do not use RFIs to request the following::
a. Approval of submittals (use procedures specified elsewhere in this section). b. Approval of substitutions (see Section - 01 60 00 - Product Requirements) c. Changes that entail change in Contract Time and Contract Sum (comply with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract).
d. Different methods of performing work than those indicated in the Contract Drawings and Specifications (comply with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract).
3. Improper RFIs: Requests not prepared in compliance with requirements of this section, and/or missing key information required to render an actionable response. They will be returned without a response, with an explanatory notation.
4. Frivolous RFIs: Requests regarding information that is clearly indicated on, or reasonably inferable from, Contract Documents, with no additional input required to clarify the question. They will be returned without a response, with an explanatory notation. a. The Owner reserves the right to assess the Contractor for the costs (on time-andmaterials basis) incurred by the Engineer, and any of its consultants, due to processing of such RFIs.
E. Content: Include identifiers necessary for tracking the status of each RFI, and information necessary to provide an actionable response.
1. Official Project name and number, and any additional required identifiers established in Contract Documents.
2. Discrete and consecutive RFI number, and descriptive subject/title.
3. Issue date, and requested reply date.
4. Reference to particular Contract Document(s) requiring additional information/interpretation. Identify pertinent drawing and detail number and/or specification section number, title, and paragraph(s).
5. Annotations: Field dimensions and/or description of conditions which have engendered the request.
F. Attachments: Include sketches, coordination drawings, descriptions, photos, submittals, and other information necessary to substantiate the reason for the request.
G. RFI Log: Prepare and maintain a tabular log of RFIs for the duration of the project.
1. Indicate current status of every RFI. Update log promptly and on a regular basis.
2. Note dates of when each request is made, and when a response is received. 249
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 5 Administrative Requirements
3. Highlight items requiring priority or expedited response.
4. Highlight items for which a timely response has not been received to date.
5. Identify and include improper or frivolous RFIs.
H. Review Time: Engineer will respond and return RFIs to Contractor within seven calendar days of receipt. For the purpose of establishing the start of the mandated response period, RFIs received after 12:00 noon will be considered as having been received on the following regular working day.
1. Response period may be shortened or lengthened for specific items, subject to mutual agreement, and recorded in a timely manner in progress meeting minutes.
I. Responses: Content of answered RFIs will not constitute in any manner a directive or authorization to perform extra work or delay the project. If in Contractor's belief it is likely to lead to a change to Contract Sum or Contract Time, promptly issue a notice to this effect, and follow up with an appropriate Change Order request to Owner.
1. Response may include a request for additional information, in which case the original RFI will be deemed as having been answered, and an amended one is to be issued forthwith.
Identify the amended RFI with an R suffix to the original number.
2. Do not extend applicability of a response to specific item to encompass other similar conditions, unless specifically so noted in the response.
3. Upon receipt of a response, promptly review and distribute it to all affected parties, and update the RFI Log.
4. Notify Engineer within seven calendar days if an additional or corrected response is required by submitting an amended version of the original RFI, identified as specified above.
3.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit to Engineer for review a schedule for submittals in tabular format.
1. Submit at the same time as the preliminary schedule.
2. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule and schedule of values.
3. Format schedule to allow tracking of status of submittals throughout duration of construction.
4. Arrange information to include scheduled date for initial submittal, specification number and title, submittal category (for review or for information), description of item of work covered, and role and name of subcontractor.
5. Account for time required for preparation, review, manufacturing, fabrication and delivery when establishing submittal delivery and review deadline dates. a. For assemblies, equipment, systems comprised of multiple components and/or requiring detailed coordination with other work, allow for additional time to make corrections or revisions to initial submittals, and time for their review.
3.09 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
3. Samples for selection.
4. Samples for verification.
B. Submit to Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.
3.10 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:
1. Design data.
250
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 6 Administrative Requirements
2. Certificates.
3. Test reports.
4. Inspection reports.
5. Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Manufacturer's field reports.
7. Other types indicated.
B. Submit for Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner.
3.11 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.
B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.
C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in compliance with requirements of Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance data.
3. Warranties.
4. Bonds.
5. Other types as indicated.
D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
3.12 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Requirements:
1. Use a separate transmittal for each item.
2. Submit separate packages of submittals for review and submittals for information, when included in the same specification section.
3. Sequentially identify each item. For revised submittals use original number and a sequential numerical suffix.
4. Identify: Project; Contractor; subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number; and specification section number and article/paragraph, as appropriate on each copy.
5. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. a. Submittals from sources other than the Contractor, or without Contractor's stamp will not be acknowledged, reviewed, or returned.
6. Deliver each submittal on date noted in submittal schedule, unless an earlier date has been agreed to by all affected parties, and is of the benefit to the project.
7. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. a. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
b. For sequential reviews involving Engineer's consultants, Owner, or another affected party, allow an additional 7 days.
c. For sequential reviews involving approval from authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ), in addition to Engineer's approval, allow an additional 30 days.
8. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work.
9. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.
10. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.
11. Distribute reviewed submittals. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements.
12. Incomplete submittals will not be reviewed, unless they are partial submittals for distinct portion(s) of the work, and have received prior approval for their use.
13. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
B. Product Data Procedures:
251
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 30 00 - 7 Administrative Requirements
1. Submit only information required by individual specification sections.
2. Collect required information into a single submittal.
3. Submit concurrently with related shop drawing submittal.
4. Do not submit (Material) Safety Data Sheets for materials or products.
C. Shop Drawing Procedures:
1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting Contract Documents and coordinating related work.
2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents to create shop drawings.
3. Generic, non-project-specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings.
D. Samples Procedures:
1. Transmit related items together as single package.
2. Identify each item to allow review for applicability in relation to shop drawings showing installation locations.
3. Include with transmittal high-resolution image files of samples to facilitate electronic review and approval. Provide separate submittal page for each item image.
3.13 SUBMITTAL REVIEW
A. Submittals for Review: Engineer will review each submittal, and approve, or take other appropriate action.
B. Submittals for Information: Engineer will acknowledge receipt and review. See below for actions to be taken.
C. Engineer's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittal using virtual stamp on electronic submittals.
1. Notations may be made directly on submitted items and/or listed on appended Submittal Review cover sheet.
D. Engineer's and consultants' actions on items submitted for review:
1. Authorizing purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and installation:
a. "Approved", or language with same legal meaning.
b. "Approved as Noted, Resubmission not required", or language with same legal meaning.
1) At Contractor's option, submit corrected item, with review notations acknowledged and incorporated.
c. "Approved as Noted, Resubmit for Record", or language with same legal meaning. 1) Resubmit corrected item, with review notations acknowledged and incorporated.
Resubmit separately, or as part of project record documents. 2) Non-responsive resubmittals may be rejected.
2. Not Authorizing fabrication, delivery, and installation:
E. Engineer's and consultants' actions on items submitted for information:
1. Items for which no action was taken:
a. "Received" - to notify the Contractor that the submittal has been received for record only.
2. Items for which action was taken:
a. "Reviewed" - no further action is required from Contractor.
END OF SECTION
252
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 40 00 - 1 Quality Requirements SECTION 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Quality assurance.
C. References and standards.
D. Testing and inspection agencies and services.
E. Control of installation.
F. Manufacturers' field services.
G. Defect Assessment.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Document 00 72 00 - General Conditions: Inspections and approvals required by public authorities.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Design Data: Design-related, signed and sealed drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, shop drawings and other submittals provided by Contractor, and prepared directly by, or under direct supervision of, appropriately licensed design professional.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Design Data: Submit for Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents, or for Owner's information.
C. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Engineer and to Contractor.
D. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data.
1. Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
E. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the Owner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.
F. Erection Drawings: Submit drawings for Engineer's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner.
1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.
1.06 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. 253
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 40 00 - 2 Quality Requirements C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.
D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion.
E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Engineer shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.
1.07 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES
A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing.
B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality.
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.
G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.
3.02 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing Agency Duties:
1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services.
2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards.
3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
4. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-compliance of Work or products.
5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Engineer.
6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified.
B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority:
1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.
4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work.
C. Contractor Responsibilities:
1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 254
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 40 00 - 3 Quality Requirements
2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities.
3. Provide incidental labor and facilities:
a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected.
b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected.
c. To facilitate tests/inspections.
d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.
4. Notify Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services.
5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.
6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.
D. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Engineer.
E. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor.
3.03 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
3.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements.
B. If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, Engineer will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment.
END OF SECTION
255
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 50 00 - 1 Temporary Facilities and Controls SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary utilities.
B. Temporary sanitary facilities.
C. Temporary Controls: Barriers and enclosures.
D. Security requirements.
E. Waste removal facilities and services.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 2009 (Reapproved 2016).
1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Owner will provide the following:
1. Electrical power and metering, consisting of connection to existing facilities.
2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities.
B. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, water, heating and cooling, and ventilation required for construction purposes.
1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization.
B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.
C. At end of construction, return facilities to same or better condition as originally found.
1.05 BARRIERS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.
B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-ofway and for public access to existing building.
C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.
D. TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE
52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction.
E. Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system.
1.06 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as indicated to separate work areas from Owneroccupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment.
256
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 50 00 - 2 Temporary Facilities and Controls B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces:
1. STC rating of 35 in accordance with ASTM E90.
1.07 SECURITY - SEE SECTION 01 35 53
A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.
1.08 WASTE REMOVAL
A. See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements.
B. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition.
C. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.
D. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
257
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 60 00 - 1 Product Requirements SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General product requirements.
B. Re-use of existing products.
C. Transportation, handling, storage and protection.
D. Product option requirements.
E. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring.
B. Section 01 61 16 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions: Requirements for VOC-restricted product categories.
C. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Waste disposal requirements potentially affecting product selection, packaging and substitutions.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. CAL (CDPH SM) - Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers Version 1.2 2017.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.
1. Submit within 15 days after date of Agreement.
2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards.
B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.
1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CAL (CDPH SM) v1.1: California Department of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, v. 1.1–2010, for the emissions testing and requirements of products and materials.
B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Products made of wood particles and/or plant material pressed and bonded with adhesive or resin such as particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS
A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents.
B. Unforeseen historic items encountered remain the property of the Owner; notify Owner promptly upon discovery; protect, remove, handle, and store as directed by Owner. 258
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 60 00 - 2 Product Requirements C. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated, reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of the Owner, become the property of the Contractor; remove from site.
2.02 NEW PRODUCTS
A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents.
B. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional source quality control requirements.
C. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted:
1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's.
2. Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber.
3. Containing lead, cadmium, or asbestos.
D. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that:
1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 01 61 16.
2. If wet-applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 01 61 16.
3. Have longer documented life span under normal use.
4. Are made of recycled materials.
5. If made of wood, are made of sustainably harvested wood, wood chips, or wood fiber.
2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:
Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections.
B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration.
B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging.
C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials.
D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas.
F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling.
H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.
3.02 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to 259
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 60 00 - 3 Product Requirements excessive materials handling and misapplication. See Section 01 74 19.
B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
D. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product.
E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.
F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants.
G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.
H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.
I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.
J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
END OF SECTION
260
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 61 16 - 1 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions
SECTION 01 61 16
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements for Indoor-Emissions-Restricted products.
B. Requirements for VOC-Content-Restricted products.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Indoor-Emissions-Restricted Products: All products in the following product categories, whether specified or not:
B. VOC-Content-Restricted Products: All products in the following product categories, whether specified or not:
1. Interior paints and coatings applied on site.
2. Interior adhesives and sealants applied on site, including flooring adhesives.
C. Interior of Building: Anywhere inside the exterior weather barrier.
D. Adhesives: All gunnable, trowelable, liquid-applied, and aerosol adhesives, whether specified or not; including flooring adhesives, resilient base adhesives, and pipe jointing adhesives.
E. Sealants: All gunnable, trowelable, and liquid-applied joint sealants and sealant primers, whether specified or not; including firestopping sealants and duct joint sealers.
F. Inherently Non-Emitting Materials: Products composed wholly of minerals or metals, unless they include organic-based surface coatings, binders, or sealants; and specifically the following:
1. Concrete.
2. Clay brick.
3. Metals that are plated, anodized, or powder-coated.
4. Glass.
5. Ceramics.
6. Solid wood flooring that is unfinished and untreated.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency current edition.
B. ASTM D3960 - Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings 2005 (Reapproved 2018).
C. CARB (SCM) - Suggested Control Measure for Architectural Coatings; California Air Resources Board 2020.
D. SCAQMD 1113 - Architectural Coatings 1977, with Amendment (2016).
E. SCAQMD 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications 1989, with Amendment (2022).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each VOC-restricted product used in the project, submit evidence of compliance.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. VOC Content Test Method: 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or ASTM D3960, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:
a. Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with requirements.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of the type specified in this section.
261
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 61 16 - 2 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. VOC-Content-Restricted Products: VOC content not greater than required by the following:
1. Adhesives, Including Flooring Adhesives: SCAQMD 1168 Rule.
2. Joint Sealants: SCAQMD 1168 Rule.
3. Paints and Coatings: Each color; most stringent of the following:
a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.
b. SCAQMD 1113 Rule.
c. CARB (SCM).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner reserves the right to reject non-compliant products, whether installed or not, and require their removal and replacement with compliant products at no extra cost to Owner.
B. Additional costs to restore indoor air quality due to installation of non-compliant products will be borne by Contractor.
END OF SECTION
262
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 1 Execution and Closeout Requirements
SECTION 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures.
B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition.
C. Pre-installation meetings.
D. Cutting and patching.
E. Surveying for laying out the work.
F. Cleaning and protection.
G. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy; work sequence; identification of salvaged and relocated materials.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, Electronic document submittal service.
C. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures.
D. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures.
E. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary interior partitions.
F. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Additional procedures for trash/waste removal, recycling, salvage, and reuse.
G. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties, and bonds.
H. Section 02 41 00 - Demolition: Demolition of whole structures and parts thereof; site utility demolition.
I. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.
J. Individual Product Specification Sections:
1. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections.
2. Limitations on cutting structural members.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations 2022, with Errata (2021).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work.
1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.
2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record.
C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects:
1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.
2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
263
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 2 Execution and Closeout Requirements
5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
A. For surveying work, employ a land surveyor registered in California and acceptable to Engineer. Submit evidence of surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. Employ only individual(s) trained and experienced in collecting and recording accurate data relevant to ongoing construction activities, B. For design of temporary shoring and bracing, employ a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in California.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.
Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property.
1. Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by Owner.
C. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations.
1. At All Times: Excessively noisy tools and operations will not be tolerated inside the building at any time of day; excessively noisy includes jackhammers.
2. Indoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy interior work to the hours of 6 pm to 7 am.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.
B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.
C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.
D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.
G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work.
B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard.
C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
264
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 3 Execution and Closeout Requirements
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work.
Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.
D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.
E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.
F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section.
C. Notify Engineer four days in advance of meeting date.
D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting:
1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures.
2. Review coordination with related work.
E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.
B. Promptly notify Engineer of any discrepancies discovered.
C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction.
D. Promptly report to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.
E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Engineer.
F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.
2. Grid or axis for structures.
3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations.
H. Periodically verify layouts by same means.
265
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 4 Execution and Closeout Requirements
I. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to compliance with regulatory requirements, conduct construction operations in compliance with NFPA 241, including applicable recommendations in Appendix A.
B. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.
C. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.
3.06 ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only.
1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated.
2. Report discrepancies to Engineer before disturbing existing installation.
3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas that are still occupied.
1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 50 00 in locations indicated on drawings.
2. Provide sound retardant partitions of construction indicated on drawings in locations indicated on drawings.
C. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.
1. Remove items indicated on drawings.
2. Relocate items indicated on drawings.
3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish.
4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible.
D. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove, relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction.
1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access panel.
2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment as required.
3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service.
a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of outages.
b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service.
4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities.
5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment , including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction.
266
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 5 Execution and Closeout Requirements
E. Protect existing work to remain.
1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.
2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.
3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.
F. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible.
1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Engineer.
2. Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads.
3. Where a change of plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs in existing work, submit recommendation for providing a smooth transition for Engineer review and request instructions.
G. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patch to match the surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that the substrate is ready for the new finish.
H. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated:
1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes.
2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to match.
I. Clean existing systems and equipment.
J. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do not burn or bury.
K. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete.
L. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section.
3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.
B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements.
C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:
1. Complete the work.
2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.
3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.
4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.
5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.
6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.
7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
8. Remove and replace defective and non-complying work.
D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition.
E. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.
F. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.
G. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
H. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
I. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 84 00, to full thickness of the penetrated 267
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 6 Execution and Closeout Requirements
element.
J. Patching:
1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
2. Match color, texture, and appearance.
3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish.
3.08 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.
D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury.
3.09 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.
B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.
C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.
D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.
E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.
F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.
G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible.
3.10 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
B. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.
3.11 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.
1. Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy.
B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.
C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
D. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.
E. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned.
F. Clean filters of operating equipment.
G. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, overflow drains, area drains, drainage systems, and trench drains.
268
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 70 00 - 7 Execution and Closeout Requirements
H. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
I. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.
J. Clean Owner-occupied areas of work.
3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.
B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion.
C. Notify Engineer when work is considered ready for Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection.
D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection.
E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Engineer's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Engineer.
F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas.
G. Notify Engineer when work is considered finally complete and ready for Engineer's Substantial Completion final inspection.
H. Complete items of work determined by Engineer listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
269
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 74 19 - 1 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
SECTION 01 74 19
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Owner requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible.
B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors.
C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible.
D. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration:
1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers.
2. Corrugated cardboard.
3. Wood pallets.
4. Clean dimensional wood.
5. Land clearing debris, including brush, branches, logs, and stumps; see Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing for use options.
6. Concrete: May be crushed and used as riprap, aggregate, sub-base material, or fill.
7. Concrete masonry units: May be used on project if whole, or crushed and used as subbase material or fill.
8. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze.
9. Gypsum drywall and plaster.
10. Plumbing fixtures.
11. Fluorescent lamps (light bulbs).
12. Acoustical ceiling tile and panels.
E. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements.
F. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are:
1. Burning on the project site.
2. Burying on the project site.
3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private.
4. Other illegal dumping or burying.
G. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation.
B. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.
C. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.
D. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.
E. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing: Handling and disposal of land clearing debris.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like. 270
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 74 19 - 2 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations.
C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity.
D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity.
E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure.
F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others.
G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others.
H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste.
I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit.
J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site.
K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others.
L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water.
M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste.
N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure.
O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged.
P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use.
Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit Waste Management Plan within 10 calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award of Bid, or prior to any trash or waste removal, whichever occurs sooner; submit projection of all trash and waste that will require disposal and alternatives to landfilling.
C. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information:
1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities.
2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s).
3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling.
4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal.
5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging.
6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e. whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler. 271
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 74 19 - 3 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements for substitution submission procedures.
B. For each proposed product substitution, submit the following information in addition to requirements specified in Section 01 60 00:
1. Cost savings on waste disposal, compared to specified product, to be deducted from the Contract Sum.
2. Proposed disposal method for waste product.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. See Section 01 30 00 for additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation.
B. See Section 01 50 00 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.
C. See Section 01 60 00 for waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.
D. See Section 01 70 00 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.
3.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan.
B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, Owner, and Engineer.
C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project.
D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings.
1. Prebid meeting.
2. Preconstruction meeting.
3. Regular job-site meetings.
E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers.
1. Provide containers as required.
2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors.
3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials.
F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations.
G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials.
H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse.
I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site.
END OF SECTION
272
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 78 00 - 1 Closeout Submittals SECTION 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project record documents.
B. Operation and maintenance data.
C. Materials transparency manual.
D. Warranties and bonds.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions and 00 73 00 - Supplementary Conditions: Performance bond and labor and material payment bonds, warranty, and correction of work.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples.
C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures.
D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.
E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance.
2. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Engineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.
3. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection.
C. Materials Transparency Manual:
1. Compile and submit a digital and a printed version of information disclosing materials content for interior finishes, furnishings (including workstations), built-in furniture. Meet IWBI (BS) requirements for format and content.
D. Warranties and Bonds:
1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance.
2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment.
3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:
1. Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
273
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 78 00 - 2 Closeout Submittals
6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.
F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including:
1. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail.
3. Details not on original Contract drawings.
3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
B. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
C. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish:
1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations.
2. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.
B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections.
E. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products.
3.04 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections.
B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for each system.
C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.
D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.
E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Engineer, Consultants, Contractor and subcontractors, with names of responsible parties. 274
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 01 78 00 - 3 Closeout Submittals F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on the divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified.
G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment.
H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper.
I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages.
J. Arrangement of Contents: Organize each volume in parts as follows:
1. Project Directory.
2. Table of Contents, of all volumes, and of this volume.
3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Arranged by system, then by product category. a. Source data.
b. Operation and maintenance data.
c. Field quality control data.
d. Photocopies of warranties and bonds.
4. Design Data: To allow for addition of design data furnished by Engineer or others, provide a tab labeled "Design Data" and provide a binder large enough to allow for insertion of at least 20 pages of typed text.
3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial completion is determined.
B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.
C. Co-execute submittals when required.
D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.
END OF SECTION
275
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 02 41 00 - 1 Demolition SECTION 02 41 00
DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises.
B. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal.
C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring.
D. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public.
1. Obtain required permits.
2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures.
3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices.
4. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants.
5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit.
6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations.
7. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property.
B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner.
C. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed.
1. Provide bracing and shoring.
2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures.
3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger.
2.02 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only.
1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated.
2. Report discrepancies to Engineer before disturbing existing installation.
3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition.
B. Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied.
1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 50 00 in locations indicated on drawings.
C. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 276
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 02 41 00 - 2 Demolition
1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace with new construction specified.
2. Remove items indicated on drawings.
3. Removing vinyl from concrete: Start by scraping the glue with a pry bar or scraper. If that doesn't remove the glue, use a commercial adhesive stripper to soften and remove the glue.
D. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated.
1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components.
2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service.
3. See Section 01 10 00 for other limitations on outages and required notifications.
4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal.
5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification.
E. Protect existing work to remain.
1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.
2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.
3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.
4. Patch as specified for patching new work.
2.03 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site.
B. Remove from site all materials not to be reused on site; comply with requirements of Section 01 74 19 - Waste Management.
C. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work.
D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands.
END OF SECTION
277
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 10 00 - 1 Concrete Forming and Accessories
SECTION 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage.
B. Form accessories.
C. Form stripping.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for masonry.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI CODE-318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary 2019 (Reapproved 2022).
B. ACI PRC-347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete 2014 (Reapproved 2021).
C. ACI SPEC-117 - Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 2010 (Reapproved 2015).
D. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction 2020.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation requirements.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with Highways standards of the State of California.
B. Designer Qualifications: Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of concrete formwork and licensed in California.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver prefabricated forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging.
B. Store prefabricated forms off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture.
C. Protect plastic foam products from damage and exposure to sunlight.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK - GENERAL
A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish cast-inplace concrete work.
B. Design and construct concrete that complies with design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions.
C. Comply with applicable state and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork.
D. Comply with relevant portions of ACI CODE-318, ACI PRC-347, and ACI SPEC-301.
2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor.
2.03 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Removable type, galvanized metal, fixed length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. 278
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 10 00 - 2 Concrete Forming and Accessories
B. Form Release Agent: Capable of releasing forms from hardened concrete without staining or discoloring concrete or forming bugholes and other surface defects, compatible with concrete and form materials, and not requiring removal for satisfactory bonding of coatings to be applied.
1. Composition: Colorless, reactive, water-based compound.
2. Products:
a. Kaufman Products Inc; FormKote Emulsion: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. b. Nox-Crete Inc; BIO-NOX: www.nox-crete.com/#sle.
c. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Duogard II (water-based): www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
3. Composition: Colorless, reactive, solvent-based compound. a. VOC Content: In compliance with applicable local, State, and federal regulations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings.
3.02 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI SPEC-301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads.
3.03 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water.
Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
3.04 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI SPEC-117, unless otherwise indicated.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements.
B. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.
3.06 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete. Discard damaged forms.
END OF SECTION
279
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 30 00 - 1 Cast-in-Place Concrete SECTION 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Floors and slabs on grade.
B. Concrete reinforcement.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Forms and accessories for formwork.
B. Section 04 20 00 - Masonry.
C. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications.
D. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry.
E. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and joint fillers for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete 1998 (Reapproved 2004).
B. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 2022.
C. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 2022.
D. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2023.
E. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 2021.
F. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50 mm] Cube Specimens) 2021.
G. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method 2016.
H. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 2010a (Reapproved 2016).
I. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 2019.
J. ASTM C330/C330M - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete 2023.
K. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 2019, with Editorial Revision (2022).
L. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete 2023, with Editorial Revision.
M. ASTM C827/C827M - Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures 2023.
N. ASTM C845/C845M - Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement 2018.
O. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink) 2020.
P. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 2018.
Q. ASTM D471 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Effect of Liquids 2016a (Reapproved 2021).
280
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 30 00 - 2 Cast-in-Place Concrete R. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs 2017 (Reapproved 2023).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions.
1. For curing compounds, provide data on method of removal in the event of incompatibility with floor covering adhesives.
2. For chemical-resistant waterstops, provide data on ASTM D471 test results.
C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design.
1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures.
2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing.
3. Indicate proposed mix design complies with fiber reinforcing manufacturer's written recommendations.
D. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used.
E. Sustainable Design Submittal: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete cast in place, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used.
F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
1. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
C. For slabs required to include moisture vapor reducing admixture (MVRA), do not proceed with placement unless manufacturer's representative is present for every day of placement.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements.
B. Slabs with Porosity Inhibiting Admixture (PIA) or Moisture Vapor Reducing Admixture (MVRA):
Provide warranty to cover cost of flooring failures due to moisture migration from slabs for life of the concrete.
1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, placement of topical moisture remediation system, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system.
2. Provide warranty by admixture manufacturer matching terms of flooring adhesive or primer manufacturer's material defect warranty.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK
A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 10 00.
2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi).
1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars.
2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, plain type, ASTM A1064/A1064M.
1. Form: Coiled Rolls.
2. WWR Style: 4 x 8-W6 x W10.
281
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 30 00 - 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Reinforcement Accessories:
1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch.
2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement.
3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces.
2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type II-V.
1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source.
B. Blended, Expansive Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C845/C845M, Type K.
C. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M.
1. Acquire aggregates for entire project from same source.
D. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330/C330M.
E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.
F. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N.
G. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1.
H. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete.
2.04 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M.
B. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type E.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Euclid Chemical Company; ACCELGUARD 80: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Underslab Vapor Retarder:
1. Sheet Material: ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. Single ply polyethylene is prohibited.
2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations.
3. Manufacturers:
a. Stego Industries, LLC: www.stegoindustries.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Non-Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents.
1. Grout: Comply with ASTM C1107/C1107M.
2. Height Change, Plastic State; when tested in accordance with ASTM C827/C827M:
a. Maximum: Plus 4 percent.
b. Minimum: Plus 1 percent.
3. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours, ASTM C109/C109M: 2,000 pounds per square inch.
4. Products containing aluminum powder are not permitted.
5. Flowable Products:
a. Euclid Chemical Company; NS GROUT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Five Star Products, Inc; Five Star Fluid Grout 100: www.fivestarproducts.com/#sle. c. Kaufman Products Inc; SureGrout: www.kaufmanproducts.net/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
6. Low-Slump, Dry Pack Products:
a. Euclid Chemical Company; DRY PACK GROUT: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. b. Five Star Products, Inc; Five Star Grout: www.fivestarproducts.com/#sle. 282
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 30 00 - 4 Cast-in-Place Concrete c. SpecChem, LLC; SC Multipurpose Grout: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.06 CURING MATERIALS
A. Curing Agent, Water-Cure Equivalent Type: Clear, water-based, non-film-forming, liquid-water cure replacement agent.
1. Comply with ASTM C309 standards for water retention.
2. Comply with ASTM C309 standards for water retention.
3. VOC Content: Zero.
4. Manufacturers:
a. Sinak Corporation; The Cure™ WCE: www.sinak.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations.
1. Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations.
B. Proportioning Structural Lightweight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.2 recommendations.
1. Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations.
C. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301.
1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
D. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer.
E. Normal Weight Concrete:
1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days:
3,000 pounds per square inch.
2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight.
3. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight.
4. Silica Fume Content: Maximum 5 percent of cementitious materials by weight.
5. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight.
6. Total Air Content: 4 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M.
7. Maximum Slump: 3 inches.
8. Maximum Aggregate Size: 5/8 inch.
2.08 MIXING
A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685/C685M. Mix each batch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes.
B. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on-site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water-cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump.
C. Do not use shrinkage-reducing admixture (SRA) in same concrete batch with MVRA, PIA, or ACRA.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete.
B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. 283
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 30 00 - 5 Cast-in-Place Concrete C. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout.
D. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Comply with ASTM E1643. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions.
Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering.
1. Granular Fill Over Vapor Retarder: Cover vapor retarder with compactible granular fill as indicated on drawings. Do not use sand.
3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection.
B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire.
C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement.
3.04 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R.
B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R.
C. Notify Engineer not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations.
D. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken.
E. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting.
3.05 SLAB JOINTING
A. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement.
B. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab.
1. Install wherever necessary to separate slab from other building members, including columns, walls, equipment foundations, footings, stairs, manholes, sumps, and drains.
C. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab.
3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R, and as follows:
1. Surfaces to Receive Thick Floor Coverings: "Wood float" as described in ACI 302.1R; thick floor coverings include quarry tile, ceramic tile, and Portland cement terrazzo with full bed setting system.
2. Surfaces to Receive Thin Floor Coverings: "Steel trowel" as described in ACI 302.1R; thin floor coverings include carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, resinous matrix terrazzo, thin set quarry tile, and thin set ceramic tile.
3. Other Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1R, minimizing burnish marks and other appearance defects.
B. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal.
284
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 03 30 00 - 6 Cast-in-Place Concrete
3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
1. Normal concrete: Not less than seven days.
2. High early strength concrete: Not less than four days.
B. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms:
1. Slabs and Floors To Receive Adhesive-Applied Flooring: Curing compounds and other surface coatings are usually considered unacceptable by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. If such materials must be used, either obtain the approval of the flooring and adhesive manufacturers prior to use or remove the surface coating after curing to flooring manufacturer's satisfaction.
2. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry.
Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap.
3. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm.
B. Slab Testing: Cooperate with manufacturer of specified moisture vapor reducing admixture (MVRA) to allow access for sampling and testing concrete for compliance with warranty requirements.
3.09 PROTECTION
A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured.
END OF SECTION
285
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 04 20 00 - 1 Unit Masonry SECTION 04 20 00
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Mortar and grout.
B. Reinforcement and Anchorage
C. Lintels.
D. Accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Dovetail slots for masonry anchors.
B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Installation of dovetail slots for masonry anchors.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 2022.
B. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units 2022.
C. ASTM C91/C91M - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement 2023.
D. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 2018.
E. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes 2018.
F. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry 2019a, with Editorial Revision.
G. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout 2018.
H. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry 2023.
I. ASTM C1714/C1714M - Standard Specification for Preblended Dry Mortar Mix for Unit Masonry 2019a.
J. TMS 402/602 - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures 2022, with Errata.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all relevant installers.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with provisions of TMS 402/602, except where exceeded by requirements of Contract Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91/C91M, Type N.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144.
D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404.
E. Water: Clean and potable.
F. Packaged Dry Material for Mortar for Unit Masonry: Premixed Portland cement, hydrated lime, and sand; complying with ASTM C1714/C1714M and capable of producing mortar of the specified strength in accordance with ASTM C270 with the addition of water only.
1. Type: Type N.
2. Color: Standard gray.
286
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 04 20 00 - 2 Unit Masonry G. Packaged Dry Material for Mortar for Repointing: Premixed Portland cement, hydrated lime, and graded sand; capable of producing Type O mortar in accordance with ASTM C270 with the addition of water only.
1. Color: Standard gray.
H. Packaged Dry Material for Grout for Masonry: Premixed cementitious materials and dried aggregates; capable of producing grout of the specified strength in accordance with ASTM C476 with the addition of water only.
1. Type: Fine.
2.02 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 40 (40,000 psi), deformed billet bars; galvanized.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride; oversized 50 percent to joint width; self expanding; in maximum lengths available.
B. Cavity Mortar Control: Semi-rigid polyethylene or polyester mesh panels, sized to thickness of wall cavity, and designed to prevent mortar droppings from clogging weeps and cavity vents and allow proper cavity drainage.
C. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials.
2.04 LINTELS
A. Prefabricated Steel Lintels:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; Engineered Concealed Lintel Systems: www.h-b.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.05 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING
A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, using the Proportion Specification.
B. Grout: ASTM C476; consistency required to fill completely volumes indicated for grouting; fine grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension of 2 inches or less; coarse grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension greater than 2 inches.
C. Admixtures: Add to mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; mix uniformly.
D. Mixing: Use mechanical batch mixer and comply with referenced standards.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry.
B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located.
C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing.
3.03 CAVITY MORTAR CONTROL
A. Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weep/cavity vents.
B. Install cavity mortar diverter at base of cavity and at other flashing locations as recommended by manufacturer to prevent mortar droppings from blocking weep/cavity vents.
3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - SINGLE WYTHE MASONRY A. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or specified under specific wall type, install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center.
287
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 04 20 00 - 3 Unit Masonry
3.05 GROUTED COMPONENTS
A. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position.
B. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing.
3.06 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and glazed frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections.
B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line.
C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout.
1. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings.
D. Do not build into masonry construction organic materials that are subject to deterioration.
3.07 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit for chases. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location.
B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings.
B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
3.09 PROTECTION
A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities.
END OF SECTION
288
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 10 00 - 1 Rough Carpentry SECTION 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nonstructural dimension lumber framing.
B. Rough opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings.
C. Sheathing.
D. Preservative treated wood materials.
E. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Setting anchors in concrete.
B. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Sill flashings.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2023.
B. AWC (WFCM) - Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings 2018, with Errata (2019).
C. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood 2023.
D. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood Structural Panels 2018.
E. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard 2021.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide technical data on insulated sheathing, wood preservative materials, and application instructions.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies.
1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch, unless otherwise indicated.
2. If no species is specified, provide species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by grading agency meeting the specified requirements.
3. Grading Agency: Grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee at www.alsc.org, and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated.
B. Provide sustainably harvested wood; see Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements for requirements.
2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS
A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S.
B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19.
289
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 10 00 - 2 Rough Carpentry C. Stud Framing (2 by 2 through 2 by 6 ):
1. Grade: No. 2.
D. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring:
1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade.
2. Boards: Standard or No. 3.
2.03 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER
A. At Contractor's option, structural composite lumber may be substituted for concealed dimension lumber and timbers.
B. Structural Composite Lumber: Factory fabricated beams, headers, and columns, of sizes and types indicated on drawings; structural capacity as published by manufacturer.
1. Columns: Use laminated veneer lumber, laminated strand lumber, or parallel strand lumber with manufacturer's published modulus of elasticity, E: 1,800,000 psi, minimum.
2. Beams: Use laminated veneer lumber, laminated strand lumber, or parallel strand lumber with manufacturer's published modulus of elasticity, E: 1,800,000 psi, minimum.
3. Headers Not Longer Than 48 inches: Use laminated veneer lumber, laminated strand lumber, or parallel strand lumber.
2.04 CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. Wall Sheathing: PS 2 type.
1. Bond Classification: Exterior.
2. Grade: Structural I Sheathing.
3. Span Rating: 24.
4. Performance Category: 5/16 PERF CAT.
5. Edge Profile: Square edge.
B. Wall Sheathing: Oriented strand board wood structural panel; PS 2.
1. Grade: Structural 1 Sheathing.
2. Bond Classification: Exposure 1.
3. Performance Category: 5/8 PERF CAT.
4. Span Rating: 40/20.
5. Edges: Square.
6. Exposure Time: Sheathing will not delaminate or require sanding due to moisture absorption from exposure to weather for up to 500 days.
7. Provide fastening guide on top panel surface with separate markings indicating fastener spacing for 16 inches and 24 inches on center, respectively.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors:
1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A153/A153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere.
2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing.
3. Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry.
B. Die-Stamped Connectors: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit framing conditions.
C. Joist Hangers: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit framing conditions.
D. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell plastic foam from continuous rolls.
E. Sill Flashing: See Section 07 62 00.
F. Construction Adhesives: Adhesives complying with ASTM C557 or ASTM D3498.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Franklin International, Inc; Titebond Fast Set Polyurethane Construction Adhesive:
www.titebond.com/#sle.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 290
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 10 00 - 3 Rough Carpentry G. General Purpose Construction Adhesives:
1. Manufacturers:
a. ADFAST Corporation; ADBOND EX 5690: www.adfastcorp.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.06 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT
A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications.
1. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards.
B. Preservative Treatment:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Lonza Group: www.wolmanizedwood.com/#sle.
b. Koppers Performance Chemicals, Inc:
www.koppersperformancechemicals.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A using waterborne preservative. a. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. b. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Where wood framing bears on cementitious foundations, install full width sill flashing continuous over top of foundation, lap ends of flashing minimum of 4 inches and seal.
B. Install sill gasket under sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts.
C. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections.
3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Select material sizes to minimize waste.
B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking.
C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants.
3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION
A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members.
B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing.
C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed.
D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AWC (WFCM) Wood Frame Construction Manual.
E. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed.
F. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 291
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 10 00 - 4 Rough Carpentry
3.04 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
B. In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as required by applicable local code, to close concealed draft openings between floors and between top story and roof/attic space; other material acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction may be used in lieu of solid wood blocking.
C. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated.
D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated.
E. Provide the following specific nonstructural framing and blocking:
1. Cabinets and shelf supports.
2. Wall brackets.
3. Handrails.
4. Grab bars.
5. Towel and bath accessories.
6. Wall-mounted door stops.
7. Chalkboards and marker boards.
8. Wall paneling and trim.
9. Joints of rigid wall coverings that occur between studs.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using nails, screws, or staples.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Waste Disposal: See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
1. Comply with applicable regulations.
2. Do not burn scrap on project site.
3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated.
4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co-generation facilities or “waste-to-energy” facilities.
B. Do not leave wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill.
C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system.
END OF SECTION
292
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 20 00 - 1 Finish Carpentry SECTION 06 20 00
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wood door frames, glazed frames.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking.
B. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Painting of finish carpentry items.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard 2012 (Reaffirmed 2020).
B. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard 2022.
C. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition 2014, with Errata (2016).
D. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards 2021, with Errata.
E. HPVA HP-1 - American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 2020.
F. PS 1 - Structural Plywood 2019.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate the work with plumbing rough-in, electrical rough-in, and installation of associated and adjacent components.
B. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Provide manufacturer's product data, storage and handling instructions for factoryfabricated units.
2. Provide data on fire retardant treatment materials and application instructions.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience.
1. Company with at least one project within the past 5 years with value of woodwork within 20 percent of cost of woodwork for this project.
2. Accredited participant in the specified certification program prior to the commencement of fabrication and throughout the duration of the project.
B. Quality Certification:
1. Provide labels or certificates indicating that work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade or grades specified.
2. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program.
3. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program.
4. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect from moisture damage.
293
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 20 00 - 2 Finish Carpentry PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS
A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise.
B. Interior Woodwork Items:
1. Moldings, Bases, Casings, and Miscellaneous Trim: Clear white pine; prepare for paint finish.
2. Door: White birch; prepare for paint finish.
2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS
A. Wood fabricated from timber recovered from riverbeds or otherwise abandoned is permitted, unless indicated otherwise, and provided it is clean and free of contamination, identify source; provide lumber re-graded by an inspection service accredited by the American Lumber Standard Committee, Inc. (ALSC).
2.03 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Softwood Plywood, Not Exposed to View: Any face species, medium density fiberboard core; PS 1 Grade A-B, glue type as recommended for application.
B. Softwood Plywood, Exposed to View: Face species as indicated, plain sawn, medium density fiberboard core; PS 1 Grade A-B, glue type as recommended for application.
C. Hardwood Plywood: Face species as indicated, plain sawn, book matched, medium density fiberboard core; HPVA HP-1 Front Face Grade AA, Back Face Grade 1, glue type as recommended for application.
D. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1 Composed of wood chips, sawdust, or flakes of medium density, made with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application; sanded faces.
E. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4 Pressed wood fiber with resin binder, Class 1 - Tempered, 1/4 inch thick, smooth one side (S1S).
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer.
B. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings.
B. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting.
Provide trim for scribing and site cutting.
2.06 FINISHING
A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws.
B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations.
C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and is of type recommended for the applicable finish.
D. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows:
1. Transparent:
a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose.
b. Sheen: Flat.
2. Opaque:
a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose.
b. Color: As selected by Architect.
c. Sheen: Flat.
294
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 06 20 00 - 3 Finish Carpentry PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install custom fabrications in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade indicated.
B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level.
C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps.
3.03 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
A. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Brush apply one coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials. Treat site-sawn cuts.
C. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members.
3.04 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING
A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth.
B. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials.
3.05 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch.
B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch.
END OF SECTION
295
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 14 16 - 1 Flush Wood Doors SECTION 08 14 16
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; fire-rated, non-rated, and acoustical.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames.
B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 2009 (Reapproved 2016).
B. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation 2022.
C. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition 2014, with Errata (2016).
D. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards 2021, with Errata.
E. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives 2022.
F. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2022.
G. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H. WDMA I.S. 1A - Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors 2021, with Errata (2022).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics.
C. Samples: Submit two samples of door construction, 6 inch square in size cut from top corner of door.
D. Test Reports: Show compliance with specified requirements for the following:
1. Sound-retardant doors and frames; sealed panel tests are not acceptable.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions.
F. Manufacturer's qualification statement.
G. Warranty, executed in Owner's name.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Maintain one copy of the specified door quality standard on site for review during installation and finishing.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience.
1. Company with at least one project within past five years with value of woodwork within at least 20 percent of cost of woodwork for this project.
2. Accredited participant in the specified certification program prior to the commencement of fabrication and throughout the duration of the project.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard.
B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging, and inspect for damage.
C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic; do not store in damp or wet areas or areas where sunlight might bleach veneer; seal top and bottom edges with tinted 296
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 14 16 - 2 Flush Wood Doors sealer if stored more than one week, and break seal on site to permit ventilation.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements.
B. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide manufacturer's warranty on interior doors for the life of the installation. Complete forms in Owner's name and register with manufacturer.
1. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors:
1. Haley Brothers: www.haleybros.com/#sle.
2. Oregon Door: www.oregondoor.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 DOORS AND PANELS
A. Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements.
1. Quality Standard: Premium Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS).
2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated.
3. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated.
B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction.
1. Provide solid core doors at each location.
2. Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with UL 10C - Positive Pressure; Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL) or Intertek/Warnock Hersey (WHI) labeled without any visible seals when door is closed.
3. Sound-Rated Doors: Minimum STC as indicated on drawings, calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, tested in accordance with ASTM E90.
4. High pressure decorative laminate (HPDL) finish as indicated on drawings.
2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES
A. Non-Rated Solid Core: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated.
B. Fire-Rated Doors: Mineral core type, with fire resistant composite core (FD), plies and faces as indicated above; with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware without through-bolting.
C. Sound-Rated Doors: Equivalent to type, with particleboard core (PC) construction as required to achieve STC rating specified; plies and faces as indicated above.
2.04 DOOR FACINGS
A. Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Natural birch, veneer grade in accordance with quality standard indicated, plain sliced (flat cut), with book match between leaves of veneer, running match of spliced veneer leaves assembled on door or panel face.
1. Color: As indicated on finish schedule.
B. Facing Adhesive: Type I - waterproof.
2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified.
B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails:
1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement.
C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions.
D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. 297
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 14 16 - 3 Flush Wood Doors E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified.
2.06 FINISHES - WOOD VENEER DOORS
A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows:
1. Transparent:
a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose.
b. Sheen: Flat.
c. Color: As indicated on Finish Schedule.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard.
1. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements.
B. Factory-Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door.
C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware.
D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances.
B. Comply with specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement.
B. Adjust closers for full closure.
END OF SECTION
298
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 62 23 - 1 Tubular Skylights SECTION 08 62 23
TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tubular skylights, consisting of skylight dome, reflective tube, and diffuser assembly.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights 2022.
B. ASTM B209/B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2021a.
C. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position 2022.
D. ASTM E108 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings 2020a.
E. UL 790 - Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate configurations, dimensions, locations, fastening methods, and installation details.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with not less than ten years documented experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Skylights: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 10 years.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Solatube International, Inc; Brighten Up 160 DS & 290 DS: www.solatube.com/#sle.
B. Artistic Skylight Domes Limited : www.artisticskylight.com/#sle.
C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS
A. Basis of Design: Solatube Brighten Series: Solatube Model 160 DS & 290 DS. 299
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 62 23 - 2 Tubular Skylights B. Tubular Skylights: Transparent roof-mounted skylight dome and curb, reflective tube, and ceiling level diffuser assembly, transferring sunlight to interior spaces.
1. Fabrication and assembly of components is by single manufacturer.
2. Non-Metal Parts: Flammability less than the following. a. Roof-Top Components: Class B when tested in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790.
b. Combustibility - Light Transmitting Parts: Minimum 2.5 inches/min (ICC Class CC-2), when tested in accordance with ASTM D635.
C. Performance Requirements: Completed tubular daylighting assemblies shall be capable of meeting the following performance requirements:
1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration will not exceed 0.30 cfm/sf aperture with a pressure delta of 1.57 psf across the tube when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283.
2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.5 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons/hour/sf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 547.
3. Uniform Load TEst:
a. No breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or damage to make daylighting system inoperable or cause excessive permanenet deflection of any section when tested at a Positive Load of 150 psf (7.18 kPA) or Negative Load of 70 psf (3.35 kPA).
D. Roof Assemblies: Transparent, UV and impact resistant dome with flashing base supporting dome and top of tube.
1. Glazing: Acrylic plastic, 1/8 inch minimum thickness.
2. Low-Angled Sun Reflector: Concentric, light refracting etched lines, minimum 2 inches high, to improve light input when sun is low on horizon.
3. Dome Ring: Attached to top of base section; 0.090 inch nominal thickness injection molded high impact ABS; to prevent thermal bridging between base flashing and tubing and channel condensed moisture out of tubing; weather seal of medium density pile weather stripping.
E. Reflective Tube: ASTM B209/B209M aluminum sheet, thickness between 0.015 inch and
0.020 inch.
1. Interior Finish: Exposed interior surfaces of high reflectance specular finish; specular reflectance of 92, total reflectance 95 percent.
F. Diffuser Assemblies: Supporting light transmitting surface at bottom termination of tube, with compression seal to minimize condensation and bug or dirt infiltration.
1. Ceiling Ring: Edge trim for ceiling opening; injection molded high impact ABS.
2. Diffuser Trim: Edge and attachment trim for diffuser lens; injection molded high impact ABS.
3. Lens: Flush frosted lens.
4. Lens Material: Acrylic plastic.
5. Visible Light Transmission (VLT): 90 percent, minimum.
6. Seal: Closed cell EPDM foam rubber.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Same material as metals being fastened, non-magnetic steel, non-corrosive metal of type recommended by manufacturer, or injection molded nylon.
B. Suspension Wire: Steel, annealed, galvanized finish, size and type for application and ceiling system requirement.
C. Sealant: Elastomeric, silicone or polyurethane; compatible with materials being sealed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. 300
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 62 23 - 3 Tubular Skylights B. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions.
C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Engineer of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Coordinate installation with substrates, air and vapor retarders, roof insulation, roofing membrane, and flashing to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly, and that finished installation is weather tight.
1. Install flashing to produce weatherproof seal with curb and overlap with roofing system termination at top of curb.
2. Provide thermal isolation when components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in rough opening to maintain continuity of thermal barriers.
3. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier material.
C. Where metal surfaces of tubular unit skylights will contact incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including preservative-treated wood, provide permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Align device free of warp or twist, maintain dimensional tolerances.
E. Inspect installation to verify secure and proper mounting. Test each fixture to verify operation, control functions, and performance. Correct deficiencies.
F. Set roof assembly flashing in continuous bead of sealant.
G. Seal joints exposed to weather in accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
H. Conduct field test for water tightness; conduct water test in presence of Engineer. Correct defective work and re-test until satisfactory.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide independent testing and inspection as specified in Section 01 45 23. Inspect installation to verify secure and proper mounting.
1. Test for water leaks in accordance with AAMA 502 after installation and curing of sealants but prior to installation if interior finishes.
2. Perform test for total area of each unit skylight.
3. Notify the Architect and the Contractor of any failed tests.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
301
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 71 00 - 1 Door Hardware SECTION 08 71 00
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Hardware for wood doors.
B. Alternative 1: Entry Door Modifications.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 08 14 16 - Flush Wood Doors.
B. Section 10 14 00 - Signage: Additional signage requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Alternate 1: BHMA A156.10 - Power Operated Pedestrian Doors; 2017.
B. Alternate 1: BHMA A156.19 - Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Swinging Doors; 2019.
C. Alternate 1: UL 325 - Standard for Door Operators and Systems; Current Edition.
D. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 2010.
E. BHMA A156.1 - Standard for Butts and Hinges 2021.
F. BHMA A156.16 - Auxiliary Hardware 2018.
G. BHMA A156.18 - Materials and Finishes 2020.
H. BHMA A156.21 - Thresholds 2019.
I. BHMA A156.22 - Standard for Gasketing 2021.
J. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives 2022.
K. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products that door hardware is installed on.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog literature for each type of hardware, marked to clearly show products to be furnished for this project, and includes construction details, material descriptions, finishes, and dimensions and profiles of individual components.
C. Shop Drawings - Door Hardware Schedule: Submit detailed listing that includes each item of hardware to be installed on each door. Use door numbering scheme as included in Contract Documents.
1. Prepared by or under supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC).
2. Provide complete description for each door listed.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified for commercial door hardware with at least three years of documented experience. 302
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 71 00 - 2 Door Hardware
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match door hardware schedule.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements.
B. Warranty against defects in material and workmanship for period indicated, from Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
A. Provide specified door hardware as required to make doors fully functional, compliant with applicable codes, and secure to extent indicated.
B. Provide individual items of single type, of same model, and by same manufacturer.
C. Provide door hardware products that comply with the following requirements:
1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes.
D. Lock Function: Provide lock and latch function numbers and descriptions of manufacturer's series. See Door Hardware Schedule.
E. Fasteners:
1. Provide fasteners of proper type, size, quantity, and finish that comply with commercially recognized standards for proposed applications.
a. Aluminum fasteners are not permitted.
b. Provide phillips flat-head screws with heads finished to match door surface hardware unless otherwise indicated.
2. Fire-Rated Applications: Comply with NFPA 80.
a. Provide wood or machine screws for hinges mortised to doors or frames, strike plates to frames, and closers to doors and frames.
b. Provide steel through bolts for attachment of surface mounted closers, hinges, or exit devices to door panels unless proper door blocking is provided.
F. Basis of Design Products:
ITEM BASIS OF DESIGN APPROVED EQUAL
Hinges Stanley Bommer, McKinney
Continuous Hinges Stanley Select, ABH
Locksets Best27
Cylinders Best
Exit Devices Precision Von Duprin
Closer Stanley D-4550 Dorma 8900, Norton 7500
Push/Pull Plates Trimco Hager, Rockwood
Push/Pull Bars Trimco Hager, Rockwood
Protective Plates Trimco Hager, Rockwood
Overhead Stops ABH Rixson, Glynn Johnson
Door Stops Trimco Hager, Rockwood
Flush Bolts Trimco ABH, Rockwood
Coordinator & Brackers Trimco ABH, Rockwood
Threshold & Gasketing Zero National Guard, Reese, Pemko G. Alternate 1: See Detail A4/A-501 and Section 2.04 (below).
2.02 HINGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Stanley, dormakaba Group: www.stanleyhardwarefordoors.com/#sle. 303
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 71 00 - 3 Door Hardware
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Hinges: Comply with BHMA A156.1, Grade 1.
1. Provide hinges on every swinging door.
2. Alternate 1: Replace existing hinges with 4-inch heavy duty hinges with rounded corners.
See A4/A-501.
2.03 DOOR HOLDERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. McKinney or Rockwood; an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com/#sle.
2. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Door Holders: Comply with BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
1. Type: Lever, or kick down stop, with rubber bumper at bottom end.
2. Material: Aluminum.
2.04 ALTERNATE 1: ENTRY DOOR MODIFICATIONS
A. Generally, refer to Detail A4/ A-501 for hardware requirements. See also Electrical Plans.
Additional information provided below.
B. Coordinate digital commercial keypad lock installation with swing door operator manufacturer.
C. Provide necessary power supplies, power transfer hinges, relays, and interfaces as required for proper operation; provide wiring between hardware and control components and to building power connection in compliance with NFPA 70.
D. Other Code Compliance:
1. BHMA A156.10 - Power Operated Pedestrian Doors; 2017.
2. BHMA A156.19 - Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Swinging Doors; 2019.
3. UL 325 - Standard for Door Operators and Systems; Current Edition.
4. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code; Current Edition.
E. Power Operator:
1. Basis of Design: Tormax iMotion 1301 with Natural finish.
2. Actuators: Tormax Round Switches with Stainless Steel finish.
3. Remote Activation Button: See Digital Commercial Keypad Lock below.
4. Other Specifications:
a. Silent opening with a high traffic volume.
b. Ideal for external door in public building.
c. Easily installed during conversions/renovations.
d. Suitable for barrier-free construction.
e. Tried and tested for fire protection.
f. iMotion Generation: intelligent micro-processor control system ensures permanent monitoring of door leaf movements.
g. Wear-free AC synchronous motor with permanent magnets: performance and long life.
h. Integration of safety functions.
i. Door leaf weights up to 1,300 pounds.
j. Door movement sequence fully adjustable to meet the Owner's requirements.
F. Digital Commercial Keypad Lock:
1. Basis of Design: Trilogy T2 DL2700.
2. Provide Wired Remote Release Kit for integration with the Swing Door Operator and remote activation buttons. Basis of Design: Alarm Lock RR-Trilogykit.
3. In addition to the accessible interior and exterior actuators, provide a remote activation button at location to be determined by Owner.
4. Provide hard-wired 9V power supply for remote release / battery backup.
5. Provide Presence Sensor and Door Re-Activator. Basis of Design: Security Door Controls (SDC) Auto-IR.
304
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 71 00 - 4 Door Hardware
6. Other Specifications:
a. Heavy Duty, BHMA Grade 1 security door lock with UL 3 hr. fire rated cylindrical latch.
b. Field reversible full size ADA lever.
c. Retrofit installation for wood door.
d. Fingertip programming done at keypad.
e. Heavy dugy clutch mechanism for long life & durability. f. Accommodates 100 Users with 3-6 digit PIN codes, including: Master, 10 Manager codes, 90 User codes, and 3 Service codes.
g. Auto-locking, but may be programmed to passage mode . h. Always an instant, panic free exit with inside lever. i. Key Override: Includes 6-pin standard cylinder with a Schlage SC1 keyway. Verify with City if other Schlage cylinders, or Corbin-Russwin CL, Sargent 480, ASSA 65-611, & Lori cylinders required.
j. Battery operation in addition to wired 9V power supply: 5 AA’s; low battery alerts. k. Verify Backset Fit: 2 3/4″ included (2 3/8″ available).
7. Manufacturer's Warranty: 2 Year.
G. Hinges
1. Basis of Design: McKinney T4A3786 Electrified Full Mortise Hinge.
2. Replace existing hinges: one with electrified hinge above and two others with nonelectrified hinge by same manufacturer with same duty rating.
H. Kick Plates
1. Size plates to neatly cover existing door's decorative inset panels. Estimated size is 18- inches by 34-inches, but field verify before cutting.
2. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel.
I. Threshold
1. Manufacturers:
a. Zero International, Inc: www.zerointernational.com/#sle.
2. Thresholds: Comply with BHMA A156.21.
a. Provide threshold at exterior door, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Flat surface.
c. Material: Aluminum.
d. Threshold Surface: Fluted horizontal grooves across full width. e. Field cut threshold to profile of frame and width of door sill for tight fit. f. Provide non-corroding fasteners at exterior locations.
J. Weatherstripping
1. Manufacturers:
a. Zero International, Inc: www.zerointernational.com/#sle.
2. Weatherstripping and Gasketing: Comply with BHMA A156.22. a. Head and Jamb Type: Adjustable.
b. Door Sweep Type: Encased in retainer.
c. Material: Aluminum, with brush weatherstripping.
2.05 COAT HOOKS
A. Coat Hooks: Provide on room side of door, screw fastened.
B. Material: Stainless steel.
2.06 SIGNAGE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Office Sign Company : https://www.officesigncompany.com/modern-flush-mountrestroom-signs/
2. Takeform : https://www.takeform.net/
B. See Section 10 14 00 for additional signage requirements. 305
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 08 71 00 - 5 Door Hardware C. Signage (Room Name Plates and Numbers): Provide on doors for individuals to easily identify room names and/or numbers.
1. Text Required: "RESTROOM" with symbols and braille text.
2. Material: In plastic or metal with paint used to create necessary text, adhered to door.
2.07 FINISHES
A. Finishes: Provide door hardware of same finish, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Primary Finish: 625; bright chromium plated over nickel, with brass or bronze base material (former US equivalent US26); BHMA A156.18.
2. Secondary Finish: 626; satin chromium plated over nickel, with brass or bronze base material (former US equivalent US26D); BHMA A156.18.
a. Use secondary finish in kitchens, bathrooms, and other spaces containing chrome or stainless steel finished appliances, fittings, and equipment; provide primary finish on one side of door and secondary finish on other side if necessary.
3. Exceptions:
a. Where base material metal is specified to be different, provide finish that is an equivalent appearance in accordance with BHMA A156.18.
b. Hinges for Fire-Rated Doors: Steel base material with painted finish, in compliance with NFPA 80.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive this work; labeled, fire-rated doors and frames are properly installed, and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes.
B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer.
C. Door Hardware Mounting Heights: Distance from finished floor to center line of hardware item.
As indicated in following list; unless noted otherwise in Door Hardware Schedule or on drawings.
D. Set exterior door thresholds with full-width bead of elastomeric sealant at each point of contact with floor providing a continuous weather seal; anchor thresholds with stainless steel countersunk screws.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.
B. Adjust hardware for smooth operation.
C. Adjust gasketing for complete, continuous seal; replace if unable to make complete seal.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean finished hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after final adjustments have been made.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.
C. Replace items that cannot be cleaned to manufacturer's level of finish quality at no additional cost.
D. See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for additional requirements.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.
B. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish.
END OF SECTION
306
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 21 16 - 1 Gypsum Board Assemblies SECTION 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal stud wall framing.
B. Metal channel ceiling framing.
C. Acoustic insulation.
D. Gypsum wallboard.
E. Textured finish system.
F. Acoustic (sound-dampening) ceiling board.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Building framing and sheathing.
B. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 2023.
B. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 2020.
C. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base 2019.
D. ASTM C1178/C1178M - Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel 2018.
E. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board 2017.
F. ASTM C1658/C1658M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels 2019, with Editorial Revision (2020).
G. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber 2021.
H. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 2009 (Reapproved 2016).
I. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation 2022.
J. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products 2021.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination: Coordinate the installation of gypsum board assemblies with size, location, and installation of service utilities.
B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers.
C. Sequencing: Install service utilities in an orderly and expeditious manner.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Samples: Submit two samples of gypsum board finished with proposed texture application, 12 by 12 inches in size, indicating finish color and texture.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Designer Qualifications: Perform design under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in California. 307
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 21 16 - 2 Gypsum Board Assemblies
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for packaging waste requirements.
B. Store gypsum products and accessories indoors and keep above freezing. Elevate boards above floor, on nonwicking supports, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216.
2.02 BOARD MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers - Gypsum-Based Board:
1. American Gypsum Company: www.americangypsum.com/#sle.
2. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut.
1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Glass mat faced gypsum panels, as defined in ASTM C1658/C1658M, suitable for paint finish, of the same core type and thickness may be substituted for paper-faced board.
3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
4. Thickness:
a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch, Type-X
b. Ceilings: 1/2 inch.
C. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products:
1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including shower ceilings.
2. Application: Horizontal surfaces behind tile in wet areas including countertops and Ceilings.
3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
4. Glass Mat Faced Board: Coated glass mat water-resistant gypsum backing panel as defined in ASTM C1178/C1178M.
a. Regular Type: Thickness 1/2 inch.
b. Products:
1) CertainTeed Corporation; 1/2" GlasRoc Tile Backer: www.certainteed.com/#sle. 2) Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; DensShield Tile Backer: www.gpgypsum.com/#sle. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
D. Backing Board For Non-Wet Areas: Water-resistant gypsum backing board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimum joints in place; ends square cut.
1. Application: Vertical surfaces behind thinset tile, except in wet areas.
2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
3. Edges: Tapered.
4. Products:
a. American Gypsum Company; M-Bloc: www.americangypsum.com/#sle. b. American Gypsum Company; M-Bloc Type X: www.americangypsum.com/#sle. c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Mold-Guard Gypsum Board:
www.gpgypsum.com/#sle.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
E. Ceiling Board: Special sag resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut.
1. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
3. Edges: Tapered.
4. Products:
308
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 21 16 - 3 Gypsum Board Assemblies a. CertainTeed Corporation; Interior Ceiling Drywall: www.certainteed.com/#sle. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Span 24 Ceiling Board:
www.gpgypsum.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
F. Acoustical Sound Dampening Wall and Ceiling Board: Two layers of heavy paper-faced, highdensity gypsum board separated by a viscoelastic polymer layer and capable of achieving STC rating of 50 or more in typical stud wall assemblies as calculated in accordance with ASTM E413 and when tested in accordance with ASTM E90.
1. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
2. Long Edges: Tapered.
3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
4. Products:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; SilentFX Quick Cut Gypsum Board:
www.certainteed.com/#sle.
b. Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond SoundBreak XP Wall Board: www.goldbondbuilding.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed cottong batt, unfaced; thickness 4 inches inch.
1. Materials:
a. 4" High-Density Cotton Batts above ceiling
b. Products
1) ATS Acoustical: ATS Acoustical
2) Substitutions: See Section01 60 00-Product Requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence.
3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION
A. Framed Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated.
1. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 1/1200.
B. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center.
1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations.
2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs.
3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION
A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions.
B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations.
B. Exposed Gypsum Board in Interior Wet Areas: Seal joints, cut edges, and holes with waterresistant sealant.
C. Installation on Wood Framing: For rated assemblies, comply with requirements of listing authority. For nonrated assemblies, install as follows:
1. Single-Layer Applications: Screw attachment.
309
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 21 16 - 4 Gypsum Board Assemblies
3.05 TEXTURE FINISH
A. Apply finish texture coating by means of spraying apparatus in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to match approved sample.
3.06 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction.
3.07 CLEANING
A. See Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for additional requirements.
END OF SECTION
310
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 30 00 - 1 Tiling
SECTION 09 30 00
TILING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tile for floor applications.
B. Tile for wall applications.
C. Tile for shower receptors.
D. Cementitious backer board as tile substrate.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Tile backer board.
B. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Shower receptor.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI A108/A118/A136 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium) 2019.
B. ANSI A108.1a - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar 2017 (Reaffirmed 2022).
C. ANSI A108.1b - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar 2017.
D. ANSI A108.2 - American National Standard General Requirements: Materials, Environmental and Workmanship 2019.
E. ANSI A108.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesive or Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive 2019.
F. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grout Epoxy 1999 (Reaffirmed 2019).
G. ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units 2018.
H. ANSI A118.3 - American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive 2021.
I. ANSI A118.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar 2019.
J. ANSI A118.7 - American National Standard Specifications for High Performance Cement Grouts for Tile Installation 2019.
K. ANSI A118.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units 2019.
L. ANSI A118.10 - American National Standard Specifications for Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone 2014 (Reaffirmed 2019).
M. ANSI A118.12 - American National Standard Specifications for Crack Isolation Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone Installation 2014 (Reaffirmed 2019).
N. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile 2022.
O. ANSI A137.3 - American National Standard Specifications for Gauged Porcelain Tile and Gauged Porcelain Tile Panels/Slabs 2021.
P. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2023.
Q. ASTM C373 - Standard Test Methods for Determination of Water Absorption and Associated Properties by Vacuum Method for Pressed Ceramic Tiles and Glass Tiles and Boil Method for 311
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 30 00 - 2 Tiling
Extruded Ceramic Tiles and Non-tile Fired Ceramic Whiteware Products 2018 (Reapproved 2023).
R. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation 2023.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by affected installers.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories.
Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives.
C. Samples: Mount tile and apply grout on two plywood panels, minimum 18 by 18 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, with minimum five years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Natural Stone Institute (NSI) Accredited Commercial B Contractor (light commercial): www.naturalstoneinstitute.org/#sle.
C. Installer Qualifications:
1. Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of five years of documented experience.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TILE
A. Manufacturers: All products by the same manufacturer.
1. Dal-Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com/#sle.
2. Emser Tile, LLC: www.emser.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Porcelain Tile: ANSI A137.1 standard grade.
1. Moisture Absorption: 0 to 0.5 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373.
2. Surface Finish: Non-slip.
3. Color(s): As indicated on drawings.
4. Trim Units: Matching bullnose, double bullnose, cove base, and cove shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile.
5. Products:
a. Dal-Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com/#sle.
b. Emser Tile, LLC: www.emser.com/#sle.
2.02 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Provide setting and grout materials from same manufacturer.
B. Manufacturers:
1. ARDEX Engineered Cements: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle.
2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.4.
1. Applications: Use this type of bond coat where Large and Heavy Tile (LHT) mortar is indicated.
2. Products:
312
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 30 00 - 3 Tiling
a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX X 5: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. H.B. Fuller Construction Products, Inc; TEC Ultimate Large Tile Mortar:
www.tecspecialty.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 GROUTS
A. Provide setting and grout materials from same manufacturer.
B. Manufacturers:
1. ARDEX Engineered Cements: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle.
2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. High Performance Polymer Modified Grout: ANSI A118.7 polymer modified cement grout.
1. Applications: Use this type of grout where indicated .
2. Use sanded grout for joints 1/8 inch wide and larger; use unsanded grout for joints less than 1/8 inch wide.
3. Color(s): Black Licorice 24.
4. Products:
a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX FL: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. Custom Building Products; Prism Color Consistent Grout:
www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Tile Sealant: Gunnable, silicone, siliconized acrylic, or urethane sealant; moisture and mildew resistant type.
1. Applications: Between tile and plumbing fixtures.
2. Products:
a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX SX: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. b. Custom Building Products; Commercial 100% Silicone Caulk:
www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Tile Sealer: Stain protection for ceramic tile and natural stone tile.
1. Products:
a. Custom Building Products; Aqua Mix Enrich 'N' Seal:
www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle.
b. Rust-Oleum Corporation; Miracle Sealants 511 Impregnator Natural Looking Penetrating Sealer: www.rustoleum.com/#sle.
2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Concrete Floor Slab Crack Isolation Membrane: Material complying with ANSI A118.12; not intended as waterproofing.
1. Crack Resistance: No failure at 1/8 inch gap, minimum.
2. Fluid or Trowel Applied Type:
a. Thickness: 20 mils, maximum.
b. Products:
1) H.B. Fuller Construction Products, Inc; TEC HydraFlex Waterproofing Crack Isolation Membrane: www.tecspecialty.com/#sle.
2) LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE Blue 92 Anti-Fracture Membrane:
www.laticrete.com/#sle.
3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Waterproofing Membrane at Floors: Specifically designed for bonding to cementitious substrate under thick mortar bed or thin-set tile; complying with ANSI A118.10.
1. Crack Resistance: No failure at 1/16 inch gap, minimum; comply with ANSI A118.12.
2. Fluid or Trowel Applied Type:
a. Material: Synthetic rubber or Acrylic.
313
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 30 00 - 4 Tiling
b. Products:
1) ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX 8+9: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. 2) Custom Building Products; RedGard Crack Prevention and Waterproofing Membrane: www.custombuildingproducts.com/#sle.
3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Backer Board: Cementitious type complying with ANSI A118.9; high density, glass fiber reinforced, 7/16 inch thick; 2 inch wide coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that subfloor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile.
B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile.
C. Verify that subfloor surfaces are dust free and free of substances that could impair bonding of setting materials to subfloor surfaces.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Protect surrounding work from damage.
B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.
C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances.
D. Install backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions.
Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of setting material to a feather edge.
E. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings.
B. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints.
C. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout.
D. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed.
E. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
F. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive.
G. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours.
H. Grout tile joints unless otherwise indicated. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated.
I. At changes in plane and tile-to-tile control joints, use tile sealant instead of grout, with either bond breaker tape or backer rod as appropriate to prevent three-sided bonding.
3.04 INSTALLATION - SHOWERS AND BATHTUB WALLS
A. At tiled shower receptors install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method B415, mortar bed floor, and W244, thin-set over cementitious backer unit walls.
B. Grout with standard grout as specified above.
3.05 INSTALLATION - WALL TILE
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean tile and grout surfaces.
314
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 30 00 - 5 Tiling
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation.
END OF SECTION
315
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 65 00 - 1 Resilient Flooring SECTION 09 65 00
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Resilient tile flooring.
B. Resilient base.
C. Installation accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 61 16 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM F1700 - Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile 2020.
B. RFCI (RWP) - Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings 2018.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing specified flooring with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing specified flooring with minimum three years documented experience.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent firm specializing in performing concrete slab moisture testing and inspections of the type specified in this section.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Upon receipt, immediately remove any shrink-wrap and check materials for damage and the correct style, color, quantity and run numbers.
B. Store all materials off of the floor in an acclimatized, weather-tight space.
C. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F and 90 degrees F.
D. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end.
E. Do not double stack pallets.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TILE FLOORING
A. Luxury Vinyl Tile: Solid vinyl with color and pattern throughout thickness.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Mannington Flooring: https://www.mannington.com/home b. Armstrong Flooring Inc: www.armstrong.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Minimum Requirements: Comply with ASTM F1700, of Class corresponding to type specified.
3. Total Thickness: 0.125 inch.
4. Color: To be selected by City from manufacturer's full range. 316
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 65 00 - 2 Resilient Flooring
2.02 RESILIENT BASE
A. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; style as scheduled.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Burke Flooring: www.burkeflooring.com/#sle.
b. Johnsonite, a Tarkett Company: www.johnsonite.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer.
B. Primers, Adhesives, and Seam Sealer: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer.
1. VOC Content Limits: As specified in Section 01 61 16.
C. Adhesive for Luxury Vinyl Tile Flooring:
1. Manufacturers:
a. H.B. Fuller Construction Products, Inc; TEC Flexera Premium Universal Adhesive:
www.tecspecialty.com/#sle.
b. Loba-Wakol, LLC; WAKOL D 3120 PVC Adhesive: www.loba-wakol.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
D. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate.
B. Cementitious Subfloor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture and alkalinity (pH).
1. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove existing resilient flooring and flooring adhesives; follow the recommendations of RFCI (RWP).
B. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface.
C. Prohibit traffic until filler is fully cured.
D. Clean substrate.
E. Apply primer as required to prevent "bleed-through" or interference with adhesion by substances that cannot be removed.
3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of subfloor conditions.
B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
3.04 INSTALLATION - TILE FLOORING
A. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is placed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's installation instructions.
3.05 INSTALLATION - RESILIENT BASE
A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints.
B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use premolded units. At exposed ends, use premolded units.
C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. 317
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 65 00 - 3 Resilient Flooring D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage.
B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation.
END OF SECTION
318
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 91 23 - 1 Interior Painting SECTION 09 91 23
INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Surface preparation.
B. Field application of paints.
C. Scope: Finish interior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated.
1. Both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telecom equipment before installing equipment.
2. Surfaces inside cabinets.
3. Mechanical and Electrical:
a. In finished areas, paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless otherwise indicated.
b. In finished areas, paint shop-primed items.
c. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels.
D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items:
1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factoryapplied primers are not considered factory finished.
2. Items indicated to receive other finishes.
3. Items indicated to remain unfinished.
4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of equipment.
5. Floors, unless specifically indicated.
6. Glass.
7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 61 16 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Comply with ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications 2023.
B. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Based Materials 2020.
C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual Current Edition.
D. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning 2015, with Editorial Revision (2016).
E. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning 2018.
F. SSPC-SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning 2007.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each:
1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g., "alkyd enamel").
319
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 91 23 - 2 Interior Painting
2. MPI product number (e.g., MPI #47).
3. Cross-reference to specified paint system products to be used in project; include description of each system.
C. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified.
1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen.
2. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with Architect before preparing samples, to eliminate sheens not required.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, material safety data sheets (MSDS), care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for City's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gal of each color; from the same product run, store where directed.
3. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum 5 years experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.
C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations.
C. Provide lighting level of 80 fc measured mid-height at substrate surface.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible.
1. If a single manufacturer cannot provide specified products; minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions.
B. Paints:
1. Kelly-Moore Paints: www.kellymoore.com/#sle.
2. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle.
C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL
A. Paints and Finishes: Ready-mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed paint. 320
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 91 23 - 3 Interior Painting
1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
2. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run.
3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions.
B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: See Section 01 61 16.
2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR
A. Interior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
1. Two top coats and one coat primer.
2. Top Coat(s): High Performance Architectural Interior Latex; MPI #138, 139, 140, 141, or 142.
a. Products:
1) PPG Paints Pitt-Glaze WB1 Epoxy, 16-310 Series, Eggshell. (MPI #139) 2) Sherwin-Williams Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy, Eg-Shel. (MPI #139) 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Paint I-OP-FL - Concrete and Wood Floors to be Painted.
1. Two top coats and one coat primer.
2. Top Coat(s): Latex Floor Paint, Low Gloss; MPI #60.
a. Products:
1) PPG Paints Floor and Porch Enamel 100% Acrylic Latex, 3-510XI Series, Satin. 2) Sherwin-Williams Porch and Floor Enamel.
3) Sherwin-Williams All Surface Enamel Latex, Satin..
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
3. Top Coat Sheen:
a. Satin: MPI gloss level 4; use this sheen at all locations.
2.04 PRIMERS
A. Primers: Provide the following unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats.
1. Alkali Resistant Water Based Primer; MPI #3.
a. Products:
1) PPG Paints Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer, 17-921XI Series. (MPI #3)
2) Sherwin-Williams Loxon Concrete and Masonry Primer Sealer, LX02W50. (MPI #3)
3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
2. Interior Institutional Low Odor/VOC Primer Sealer; MPI #149. a. Products:
1) PPG Paints Speedhide Zero Interior Latex Sealer, 6-4900XI. (MPI #149) 2) PPG Paints Pure Performance Interior Latex Primer, 9-900. (MPI #149) 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
3. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler; MPI #4.
a. Products:
1) PPG Paints Speedhide Masonry Hi Fill Latex Block Filler, 6-15XI . (MPI #4)
4. Interior Latex Primer Sealer; MPI #50.
a. Products:
1) PPG Paints Speedhide Interior Latex Sealer, 6-2. (MPI #50) 2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. 321
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 09 91 23 - 4 Interior Painting B. Patching Material: Latex filler.
C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer.
B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application.
C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces is below the following maximums:
1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent.
2. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442.
3. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 percent.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.
D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat.
E. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: Remove contamination, acid etch and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry.
F. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately.
B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual".
C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied.
D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer.
E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat.
F. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection.
B. Owner will provide field inspection.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes until completion of project.
B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
322
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 14 00 - 1 Signage
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Room and door signs.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines current edition.
B. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 2010.
C. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 2017.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign.
C. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation.
B. Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building.
C. Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature.
1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer.
B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Flat Signs:
1. Takeform : https://www.takeform.net/
2. Office Sign Company : https://www.officesigncompany.com/modern-flush-mountrestroom-signs/
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS
A. Accessibility Compliance: Signs are required to comply with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements.
B. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas.
1. Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified.
2. Bedrooms : Identify with room names.
3. Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, and braille.
4. Informational Signs: Identify with text as directed by plans.
2.03 SIGN TYPES
A. Flat Signs: Signage media without frame.
323
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 14 00 - 2 Signage
B. Color and Font: Unless otherwise indicated:
1. Character Font: Helvetica, Arial, or other sans serif font.
2. Character Case: Upper case only.
3. Background Color: As scheduled.
4. Character Color: Contrasting color.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level.
C. Locate signs and mount at heights indicated on drawings and in accordance with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1.
END OF SECTION
324
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 26 00 - 1 Wall and Door Protection SECTION 10 26 00
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Corner guards.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Placement of supports in stud wall construction.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D256 - Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics 2023, with Editorial Revision.
B. ASTM D543 - Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents 2021.
C. ASTM F476 - Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies 2023.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver wall protection items in original, undamaged protective packaging. Label items to designate installation locations.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Corner Guards:
1. Babcock-Davis: www.babcockdavis.com/#sle.
2. Construction Specialties, Inc; Acrovyn Solid Color and Chameleon Crash Rails: www.csgroup.com/#sle.
2.02 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
A. Impact Strength: Unless otherwise noted, provide protection products and assemblies that have been successfully tested for compliance with applicable provisions of ASTM D256 and/or ASTM F476.
B. Chemical and Stain Resistance: Unless otherwise noted, provide protection products and assemblies with chemical and stain resistance complying with applicable provisions of ASTM D543.
2.03 PRODUCT TYPES
A. Corner Guards - Flush Mounted:
1. Material: High impact vinyl with full height extruded aluminum retainer.
2. Width of Wings: 2 inches.
3. Corner: Square.
4. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors.
5. Length: One piece.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate components with tight joints, corners and seams.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. 325
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 26 00 - 2 Wall and Door Protection PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that rough openings, concealed blocking, and anchors are correctly sized and located.
B. Start of installation constitutes acceptance of project conditions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb, secured rigidly in position to supporting construction.
B. Position corner guard 4 inches above finished floor to 48 inches high.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Required Height: 1/4 inch.
B. Maximum Variation From Level or Plane For Visible Length: 1/4 inch.
3.04 CLEANING
A. See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements.
B. Clean wall and door protection items of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants.
END OF SECTION
326
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 28 00 - 1 Toilet and Shower Accessories SECTION 10 28 00
TOILET AND SHOWER ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Commercial toilet accessories.
B. Commercial shower accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Ceramic washroom accessories.
B. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Under-lavatory pipe and supply covers.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ADA Standards - 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 2010.
B. ASTM C1822 - Standard Specification for Insulating Covers on Accessible Lavatory Piping 2021.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement, concealed ceiling supports, and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Commercial Toilet and Shower Accessories:
1. See manufacturers scheduled on A-102
2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Provide products of each category type by single manufacturer.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation.
2.03 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES
A. See A-102 for schedule with Basis of Design models. Where item is not scheduled on A-102, bid most typical product, one per toilet room.
B. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Single roll, surface mounted bracket type, stainless steel, spindleless type for tension spring delivery designed to prevent theft of tissue roll.
1. Products:
a. Bobrick: www.bobrick.com/
b. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Waste Receptacle: Stainless steel, freestanding style.
1. Liner: Removable seamless stainless steel receptacle.
2. Liner: Removable, heavy-duty vinyl liner, attached at a minimum of four points with stainless steel grommets and hooks.
D. Soap Dispenser: Liquid soap dispenser, deck-mounted on lavatory, with polyethylene container concealed below deck; piston and 4 inch spout of stainless steel with bright polished finish; chrome-plated deck escutcheon.
327
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 28 00 - 2 Toilet and Shower Accessories
1. Minimum Capacity: 16 ounces.
2. Products:
a. AJW Architectural Products: www.ajw.com/#sle.
b. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
E. Medicine Cabinet: Double Door Cabinet with LED Lighting
1. Basis of design: Fresca FMC023630.
2. Size: 36" x 30" x 5"
F. Mirror with LED Lighting:
1. Basis of design: Fresca FMR022436.
2. Size: 24" x 36"
G. Seat Cover Dispenser: Stainless steel, surface-mounted, reloading by concealed opening at base, tumbler lock.
1. Minimum capacity: 250 seat covers.
2. Products:
a. Bobrick : www.bobrick.com/
b. Georgia-Pacific Professional; GP Safe-T-Gard Chrome 1/2 Fold Seatcover Dispenser: www.blue-connect.com/#sle.
c. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
H. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, smooth surface.
1. Heavy Duty Grab Bars: Floor supports are acceptable if necessary to achieve load rating. a. Push/Pull Point Load: Minimum 1000 pound-force, minimum. b. Dimensions: 1-1/2 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.125 inch wall thickness, exposed flange mounting, 1-1/2 inch clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. c. Length and Configuration: As indicated on drawings.
d. Products:
1) Bobrick : www.bobrick.com/
2) Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
I. Robe Hook: Single-prong, concealed attachment.
1. Material: Stainless steel; bright polished finish.
2.04 COMMERCIAL SHOWER ACCESSORIES
A. See A-102 for schedule with Basis of Design models. Where item is not scheduled on A-102, bid most typical product, one per shower.
B. Shower Curtain Rod: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04 inch wall thickness, satin-finished, with 3 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.04 inch thick satin-finished stainless steel flanges, for installation with exposed fasteners.
C. Shower Curtain:
1. Material: Opaque vinyl, 0.008 inch thick, matte finish, with antibacterial treatment, flameproof and stain-resistant.
2. Size: 42x72 inches, hemmed edges.
3. Grommets: Stainless steel; pierced through top hem on 6 inch centers.
4. Color: White.
5. Shower Curtain Hooks: Chrome-plated or stainless steel spring wire designed for snap closure.
D. Folding Shower Seat: Wall-mounted surface; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, swing-down legs, hinges, and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel, rectangular seat.
1. Size: ADA Standards compliant.
E. Wall-Mounted Soap Dish: Heavy duty, seamless stainless steel, surface-mounted with drain holes, without grab bar, satin finish; with concealed mechanical fastening suitable for substrate and backplate.
328
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 28 00 - 3 Toilet and Shower Accessories F. Towel Bar: Stainless steel, 3/4 inch square tubular bar; rectangular brackets, concealed attachment, satin finish.
G. Towel Pin: Stainless steel, 3 inch extension from wall; rectangular-shaped bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin finish.
H. Robe Hook: Heavy-duty stainless steel, single-prong, rectangular-shaped bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation.
B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on drawings.
B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate.
C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed accessories from damage due to subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
329
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 28 19 - 1 Shower Enclosures SECTION 10 28 19
SHOWER ENCLOSURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Semi-frameless and shower doors; enclosures.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Tubs and Shower receptors.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials Current Edition.
B. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test 2015 (Reaffirmed 2020).
C. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass 2021.
D. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass 2018.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's literature for enclosure.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, dimensions, identification of components, and interface with adjacent construction.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with at least three years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years of documented experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until installation.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Shower Enclosure:
1. Basis of Design: Ove Decors: Niko.
2. American Bath Group: www.americanbathgroup.com/#sle.
3. Coral Architectural Products, a Division of Coral Industries, Inc: www.coralind.com/#sle.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 SEMI-FRAMELESS TUB AND SHOWER ENCLOSURES
A. Description: Fixed glass panels individually framed in metal extrusions. Operable glass panels partially framed in metal extrusions with one or more exposed glass edges. Enclosure installation may include separate metal sills, jambs and headers.
B. Head Condition: No header, with exposed top glass edge.
C. Semi-Frameless Glass Doors:
1. Door Glass Thickness: 3/16 inch, tempered.
2. Swinging Doors:
a. Hinges: Full-height continuous hinge rail with door stop at 100 degrees; swing out. 330
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 28 19 - 2 Shower Enclosures
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Tempered Glass: Annealed clear flat glass meeting requirements of ASTM C1036, Type I, Quality Q3, fully tempered in accordance with ASTM C1048, Kind FT, and as follows:
1. Comply with 16 CFR 1201, Category 2 and ANSI Z97.1.
2. Safety Glazing Labeling: Provide permanent certification label in accordance with Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC).
3. Thickness: As indicated in enclosure and door types above.
4. Prepare glazing panels for indicated fittings and hardware before tempering.
5. Temper glass materials horizontally; visible tong marks or tong mark distortions are not permitted.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Protective Glass Coatings: Transparent coatings designed to seal and protect surface of glass subject to wear, soiling, and degradation from environmental exposure.
1. Application: Locations as indicated on drawings.
2. Hydrophobic Coatings: Coatings that repel water causing it to bead up and have a very large contact angle on surface being protected.
a. Oleophobic action.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Do not begin installation until supports and adjacent substrates are complete.
C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Engineer of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates thoroughly prior to installation.
B. Prepare substrates as recommended by the manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Fit and align tub and shower enclosure level and plumb.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verify enclosure does not leak while shower is running and door is fully closed and catch is engaged.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tub and shower enclosure doors to operate smoothly.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove protective film and temporary stickers from exposed metal and glass surfaces.
B. Metal: Clean exposed metal finishes with potable water and mild detergent, in accordance with manufacturer recommendations; do not use abrasive materials or chemicals, detergents or other substances that may damage the material or finish.
C. Glass and Glazing: Clean glazing surfaces; remove excess glazing sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances; do not use abrasive materials or chemicals, detergents or other substances that may damage the material or finish.
D. See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements.
3.07 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals. 331
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 10 28 19 - 3 Shower Enclosures
3.08 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until Date of Substantial Completion.
B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
332
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 12 32 00 - 1 Manufactured Wood Casework SECTION 12 32 00
MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Manufactured standard casework, with cabinet hardware.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 61 16 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions: VOC limitations for adhesives and sealants.
B. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking and nailers for anchoring casework.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition 2014, with Errata (2016).
B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards 2021, with Errata.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate casework types, sizes, and locations, using large scale plans, elevations, and cross sections. Include rough-in and anchors and reinforcements, placement dimensions and tolerances, clearances required, and keying information.
C. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's recommendations for care and cleaning.
D. Finish touch-up kit for each type and color of materials provided.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect items provided by this section, including finished surfaces and hardware items during handling and installation. For metal surfaces, use polyethylene film or other protective material standard with the manufacturer.
B. Acceptance at Site:
1. Do not deliver or install casework until the conditions specified under Part 3, Examination Article of this section have been met. Products delivered to sites that are not enclosed and/or improperly conditioned will not be accepted if warping or damage due to unsatisfactory conditions occurs.
C. Storage:
1. Store casework in the area of installation. If necessary, prior to installation, temporarily store in another area, meeting the environmental requirements specified under Part 3, "Site Verification of Conditions" Article of this section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Plastic Laminate Wardrobes:
1. Basis of design: Allied Casework Wardrobe Cabinets - ACWDC3672D.
2. Case Systems: www.casesystems.com/#sle.
333
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 12 32 00 - 2 Manufactured Wood Casework
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Plastic Laminate Casework:
1. OnePointe Solutions: www.onepointesolutions.com
2. Case Systems: www.casesystems.com/#sle.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.02 CASEWORK, GENERAL
A. Quality Standard: AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Assembly: Shop assemble casework items for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings.
B. Construction: As required for selected grade.
C. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length.
2.04 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD CASEWORK
A. Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework: Solid wood and wood panel construction; each unit selfcontained and not dependent on adjacent units or building structure for rigidity; in sizes necessary to avoid field cutting except for scribes and filler panels. Include adjustable levelers for base cabinets.
1. Style: Flush overlay. Ease doors and drawer fronts slightly at edges.
2. Cabinet Nominal Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, provide cabinets of widths and heights indicated on drawings.
3. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline.
a. Finish: Matte or suede, gloss rating of 5 to 20.
b. Surface Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Large Components: Ensure that large components can be moved into final position without damage to other construction.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Site Verification of Environmental Conditions:
1. Do not deliver casework until the following conditions have been met:
a. Building has been enclosed (windows and doors sealed and weather-tight). b. An operational HVAC system that maintains temperature and humidity at occupancy levels has been put in place.
c. Ceiling, overhead ductwork, piping, and lighting have been installed. d. Installation areas do not require further “wet work” construction.
B. Verify adequacy of support framing and anchors.
C. Verify that service connections are correctly located and of proper characteristics.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Perform installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Use anchoring devices to suit conditions and substrate materials encountered. Use concealed fasteners to the greatest degree possible. Use exposed fasteners only where allowed by approved shop drawings, or where concealed fasteners are impracticable.
C. Set casework items plumb and square, securely anchored to building structure.
D. Align cabinets to adjoining components, install filler and/or scribe panels where necessary to close gaps.
334
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 12 32 00 - 3 Manufactured Wood Casework E. Fasten together cabinets in continuous runs, with joints flush, uniform and tight. Misalignment of adjacent units not to exceed 1/16 inch. In addition, do not exceed the following tolerances:
1. Variation of Tops of Base Cabinets from Level: 1/16 inch in 10 feet.
2. Variation of Faces of Cabinets from a True Plane: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
3. Variation of Adjacent Surfaces from a True Plane (Lippage): 1/32 inch.
4. Variation in Alignment of Adjacent Door and Drawer Edges: 1/16 inch.
F. Base Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to service space framing and/or wall substrates, with fasteners spaced not more than 16 inches on center. Bolt adjacent cabinets together with joints flush, tight, and uniform.
G. Install hardware uniformly and precisely.
H. Countertops: Install countertops intended and furnished for field installation in one true plane, with ends abutting at hairline joints, and no raised edges.
I. Replace units that are damaged, including those that have damaged finishes.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating parts, including doors, drawers, hardware, and fixtures to function smoothly.
3.05 CLEANING
A. See Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for additional requirements.
B. Clean casework and other installed surfaces thoroughly.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Do not permit finished casework to be exposed to continued construction activity.
B. Protect casework and countertops from ongoing construction activities. Prevent workmen from standing on, or storing tools and materials on casework or countertops.
C. Repair damage, including to finishes, that occurs prior to Date of Substantial Completion, using methods prescribed by manufacturer; replace units that cannot be repaired to like-new condition.
END OF SECTION
335
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 1 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing SECTION 220500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This section applies to all Division 22 Plumbing Sections.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This section includes all plumbing (equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings, specialties) inside the building(s) and outside the building(s) to the point of connection to site plumbing systems.
B. Provide complete plumbing systems including:
1. Service connections to on-site utilities provided under the work of this Section or other Sections of the Specifications.
2. All piping systems for conduction of cold water, heated water, soil, waste and other fluids as shown or specified for plumbing work.
3. All valves, piping supports, piping penetration auxiliaries, piping protective coverings, piping, and other piping accessories as shown or specified for plumbing work.
4. All plumbing equipment and auxiliary items as specified herein or shown on the drawings.
5. All low voltage wiring for automatic fixtures as required.
C. All chemicals utilized on site as part of coating, sealant, and other products shall not contain any chemical that is listed as part of Proposition 65 known carcinogens that are identified by NTP, IARC, and the USEPA California Proposition 65 chemical repository contractors are not allowed to bring these chemicals on any California Intel site.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 23 - HVAC
B. Division 26 - Electrical Work
1.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. For purposes of clearness and legibility, drawings are essentially diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, the Contractor shall make use of all data in all the contract documents and shall verify this information at building site.
B. Information presented on Drawings and in the Specifications is based upon latest data available during their preparation. The Drawings and Specifications are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor and exact locations, distances, levels, etc. will be governed by the structures and the site the contractor shall accept same with this understanding.
C. The drawings indicate required size and points of termination of pipes, and suggest proper routes to conform to structure, avoid obstructions and preserve clearances. However, it is not intended that drawings indicate all necessary offsets, and it shall be the work of the Contractor to make the installation in such a manner as to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Contractor shall be responsible for delivery, storage, protection and placing of all equipment and materials.
B. Equipment stored and installed at the job site shall be protected from dust, water or other damage. Cover all equipment stored exposed to weather.
1.06 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural members shall not be cut or modified in any manner without specific instructions from the structural engineer.
336
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 2 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
1.07 CODES AND SAFETY ORDERS
A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of the State Fire Marshall; the Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety; the I.S.O. codes;
1. Latest edition of California Code of Regulations, 2019 Title 24, Part 6;
2. 2022 California Plumbing Code, Title 24, Part 5;
3. 2022 California Mechanical Code, Title 24, Part 4;
4. 2022 California Building Code, Title 24, Part 2;
5. NFPA Codes (versions as referenced in 2022 California Building Code, Title 24 Part 2, chapter 35 and 2022 California Fire Code, title 24, Part 9, chapter 80
6. Other applicable laws and regulations.
B. Nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes. Drawings and Specifications take precedence when work and materials called for exceed Code requirements.
1.08 INSTALLATION
A. Manufacturer's Instructions:
1. When specifications require that installation comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation.
2. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by specifications.
3. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
4. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with the Engineer for further instructions.
5. Do not proceed with work without clear understanding.
1.09 PERMITS AND FEES
A. Obtain all permits and pay all required fees for permits and/or utility services. Inspections required during the course of construction shall be arranged as required. On completion of the work furnish the owners representative with certificates of inspection.
1.10 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Assume all responsibility for damage to adjoining properties; and restore property to its original condition, should damage occur as a result of the work of this section. Contractor shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with all site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the drawings be found during excavations, promptly notify the Architect for instructions as to further action. Failure to do so will make the Contractor liable for any and all damage thereto arising from his operations subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on plans.
1.11 SUBMITTALS
A. General
1. A submittal schedule shall be issued by the contractor within 15 days of award of the contract. This schedule shall allow for timely review and approval as required by the contract documents.
2. These requirements apply only to substitutions, submittals, and shop drawings.
3. The contractor shall review all submittals prior to submission to the Architect. Submittals not reviewed by the contractor will be returned to the contractor and will not be reviewed.
4. Any deviations from specified requirements shall be clearly indicated in submittals. 337
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 3 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
5. Any errors in or omissions from submittals and any consequences of these are the responsibility of the Contractor.
6. Partial or incomplete submittals may be rejected as not complying with requirements; the Contractor shall be liable for any resultant consequences.
7. Delayed submittals may be rejected as not complying with requirements. Whether accepted or rejected, delayed submittals will not be considered justification for extension of contract time or similar relief.
8. Submittals not required or permitted by the Specifications but made at the option of the Contractor, will be returned without review unless accompanied with written valid justification.
9. Submittal items improperly included with those of another category (such as a proposed substitution included with shop drawing submittal) are not valid and will be returned without review.
10. Within 35 calendar days after award of the contract, and before fabrications and installation of any material or ordering of any materials, submit for approval one copy in PDF format of complete submittal data on specified and proposed substituted equipment and materials. Submittals shall list all materials proposed identified with drawing symbols and specific data on equipment such as arrangements, performance curves, sizes, capacity, motor locations, and other pertinent data. Check all submittals for conformance to the requirements of the Construction Documents before forwarding to the architect for each item. No consideration will be given to substitutions submitted past 35-day limit.
The contractor shall be responsible for all quantities and errors and omissions of submittals. Furnish samples when requested.
11. Equipment and materials specified as part of the specifications and drawings are listed by two manufacturer’s names. The first named manufacturer is the basis of design. The second named manufacturer has been determined to be an equivalent in quality or utility.
The second named has not been specifically determined to conform to the first named in size, layout, electrical power, voltage, or impacts to building structure. The contractor is bound by all requirements for substitutes, as described below, for all second named manufacturers and equivalent equipment or products.
12. Each reviewed submittal will be marked to indicate review and directions as stated below.
13. Acceptance of a submittal does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for omissions from the submittal or errors in the submittal.
B. Review
1. Submittals will be reviewed for general acceptability, not necessarily including all details.
The engineers review is for general conformance with the design concept of the project and the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is solely responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating the work with that of other trades and performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Corrections of comments made on this submittal during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the contract documents or with its responsibilities listed herein. a. Proposed substitutes will be judged not only for the acceptability of the items themselves, but also how they will be used under the conditions of the particular project.
b. Proposed substitutions will be judged also for compliance with qualifications and conditions stipulated in paragraph 1.13.
2. Each reviewed submittal will be marked to indicate review and directions as stated below. a. Acceptance of a substitute does not waive the specified requirements. 338
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 4 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing b. Once a substitution is accepted, no revision or re-submittal may be made except for pressing and valid reason and after receipts of approval to do so.
C. Review Directions
1. The notation "No Exceptions Taken" indicates that no further submittal on the particular matter is required and that the Contractor may proceed with normally ensuing action.
The notation may be applied to submittals on substitutions, shop drawings, record data, or operation and maintenance data. The submittal has only been reviewed for general conformance with the design concept of the Contract Documents. The contractor is responsible for the dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; information that pertains solely to the fabrication process or to the means and methods of construction; coordination of the work of all trades; and performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. This notation does not modify the contractor's duty to comply with the contract documents.
2. The notation "Make Corrections Noted" indicates that no further submittal on the particular matter is required, but the Contractor shall make all changes or corrections noted (but no others) before proceeding with normally ensuing action. The notation may be applied to submittals on substitutions or shop drawings (but usually not record data or operation and maintenance data).
3. The notation "Amend and Resubmit" indicates that the submittal is not accepted and must be revised, resubmitted, and reviewed again. In the case of submittal on substitutions and shop drawings so noted, the Contractor shall not proceed with any normally ensuing action until the resubmittal is reviewed. The notation may be applied to submittals on substitutions, shop drawings, record data, or operation and maintenance data.
4. The notation "Rejected - See Remarks" indicates that the submittal is not accepted and that resubmittal on the same subject matter is not allowed and will not be considered.
The notation will be applied normally only to submittals on substitutions (usually not on shop drawings, record data, or operation and maintenance data).
5. The notation "Returned Without Review" indicates that the submittal or item has not been considered officially because it is either not proper, valid, required, or permitted by the Specifications and has no status or effect.
1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The contractor is responsible for providing all shop drawings so that the design professional has the opportunity to determine if the contractor understands the contract documents. It is not the purpose of shop drawings to assure that the contractor is meeting the requirements of the contract documents. Review and approval of a submittal neither extends nor alters any contractual obligation.
B. Accompany all substituted equipment with shop drawings showing revised piping layouts in order to ascertain that substituted equipment does not adversely affect layout or work of others.
Shop Drawings: The following conditions apply to shop drawings:
1. Shop drawings are not and do not become Contract Documents.
2. Processed shop drawing submittals and any instructions or requirements noted thereon are a part of the work, but they may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of the work.
3. If deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and the Contract Documents are discovered either prior to or after the submittals are processed, the Contract Document requirements shall govern.
339
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 5 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
1.13 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Whenever any equipment, material, or process is indicated or specified by patent of proprietary name and/or name of Manufacturer, in the Specifications and/or on the Drawings, it is understood that such specification is used to facilitate the description of the material and/or process and deemed to be followed by the words "or equal" unless noted "no substitute".
B. Substitute equipment and materials shall be equal in all respects including quality, arrangement, utility, physical size, capacity, and performance to those specified. Approval of substitute material will not relieve the contractor from complying with the requirement of the Drawings and Specifications. The contractor shall be responsible and at his own expense, for any changes caused by proposed substitutions which affect other parts of his own work or the work of other contractors.
C. The submittal of a proposed substitution shall clearly establish the following:
1. The item can be transported into and installed in the intended space and in the manner shown.
2. Required connections (electrical, piping, and other) can be properly made and adjoining work can be properly accomplished.
3. The proposed substitute is similar to and of substance equal to that specified, is suited to the same use as that specified, and will perform the functions required by the design.
4. Motors for proposed substitute equipment will have the same minimum differential between motor brake horsepower and motor nameplate horsepower as the specified equipment.
5. All performance requirements shall be at least equal to the specified product or equipment including noise levels, cooling capacity, heating capacity, air flow quantity, etc.
D. By submitting a proposed substitution, the Contractor agrees to the following:
1. He will assume full responsibility for any and all modifications and necessary alterations arising from the use of the substitute item or material including all cost incurred by all other trades.
2. He will assume full responsibility for any delay in the construction schedule resulting from the use of the substitution.
3. He will prove harmless and indemnify the Owner and the Owner's design consultants from real or alleged damages that may result from the installation, use, or performance of a substitute material or product.
E. The following conditions apply to substitutions:
1. Submittals of substitutions are not and do not become part of the Contract Documents.
2. Contractor shall not order, fabricate, use, or install any substitute product or procedure unless he has received acceptance of the substitute from the Engineer.
3. Should the Contractor install any substitute product in violation of the above he shall remove it and install the specified product at his own expense.
4. The Contractor shall provide a letter stating that all the above items shall apply to all substituted products and equipment.
5. Any submittal for substituted equipment or product that does not clearly show that the substituted item is equal shall be marked rejected and no further submittal shall be allowed on the substituted item. Provide in submittal format documentation that the proposed item is exactly as specified in the contract documents. 340
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 6 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
1.14 GUARANTEE
A. Guarantee all work for one year from date of acceptance, against all defects in material, equipment and workmanship including repair of damage to any part of the premises resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment and workmanship. Guarantee shall be on form supplied by the owner's representative.
1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall dedicate one complete full set of Contract Drawings for use in recording as-built conditions.
B. The Contractor shall update the Record Drawings as often as necessary to keep them current, but, no less than weekly.
C. Mark-up Procedure: During the construction period, maintain a complete, current set of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings uploaded and updated within the Bluebeam program for Project Record Documents purposes. Label each document “AS-BUILT RECORD”. Keep all record documents current.
D. The Contractor shall provide a complete set of AS-BUILT RECORD Drawings in AutoCAD (drawing) file format and one complete set in PDF format.
E. A reference by number to Change Order, CCD, RFI, Field Order or other such document is not acceptable as sufficient record information on any document. Do not conceal any Work until required information has been recorded.
1. The Contractor shall mark AS-BUILT Record Drawings to indicate the actual installation where the installation varies appreciably from the installation shown originally. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or record later.
a. Revisions or any modification to details shown on the Contract Drawings b. Depths of various plumbing related to the main floor level. c. Horizontal or vertical location of underground utilities. d. Location of internal utilities concealed in construction. e. Points of connection for underground work.
f. Revisions to pipe routing locations.
g. Incorporate changes made by Change order, CCD, ASI, RFI etc. h. Any new details not shown on the Contract Drawings.
2. The Contractor shall mark completely and accurately AS-BUILT Record Drawing prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is the most capable of showing actual physical conditions. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings location.
3. The Contractor shall mark AS-BUILT Record Drawings within BLUEBEAM with red markings. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of Work at the same location.
4. The Contractor shall note Contractor Change Directives numbers; Bid Alternate numbers; if any, Change Order numbers, and similar identification.
F. Contractor shall prepare Record Drawings: Immediately prior to inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion of the Work, review completed marked-up AS-BUILT Record Drawings with District, Project Inspector to ensure accuracy of information. Once accuracy of information is confirmed, prepare and submit a full electronic set, professionally drafted in AutoCAD format, of as-built Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on print sets. Delete, redraw, and/or add details and notations where applicable. Identify and date each 341
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 7 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing Drawing; include the printed designation “AS-BUILT RECORD DRAWING” and the date prepared in a prominent location on each Drawing.
2. Distribution: Whether or not changes and additional information were recorded, organize the original marked-up set of drawings that were maintained during the construction period within BLUEBEAM into manageable sets. The sets should be labeled with all appropriate identification, including titles, dates and other information on cover sheets and submit to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Shop drawings:
1. Make all drawings to an appropriate scale, large enough to show all pertinent aspects of the item and the method of its connection into the work.
2. Make each drawing sheet in a reproducible form such a tracing, sepia, or Mylar transparency.
B. Grouping: Combine submittals in logical groupings; for example, submit Shop Drawings grouped by Sections of the Specifications, arranged in the specified sequence.
C. Shop Drawings: Four blue or black line prints of each for the Engineer.
D. Content:
1. Shop drawings may be:
a. Drawings or diagrams prepared by the Contractor, a supplier, a manufacturer, or other.
b. Typewritten data or descriptions.
c. Manufacturer’s printed brochures, descriptions, charts, instructions, or data sheets.
E. Timing: Submit all shop drawings prior to installation of any items included in submittal.
2.02 CORROSION PROOFING
A. Corrosion Proofing / U.V. Protection: Products which will be installed outdoors, exposed to the weather, exposed to moisture, or other potentially damaging conditions shall be constructed to resist the effects of such exposure.
B. Exterior casings shall have lapped or gasketed joints effectively sealed to prevent intrusion of moisture or other injurious substances.
C. Casings, pipes, or product items shall be constructed of materials which are fully resistant to harmful substances they may normally contact, or (if ferrous) shall be galvanized after fabrication, or shall be fully protected from such substances by paint or other coating in appropriate thickness or number of coats.
D. All bolts, nuts, screws, and washers shall be Galvanized unless specified to be Stainless Steel.
E. Any exposed plastic pipe must have a U.V. inhibitor or U.V. P.
2.03 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A. All material and equipment shall be new, of the type, capacity and quality specified and free from defects. All materials and equipment shall be of the same brand or manufacturer throughout for each class of material or equipment wherever possible.
2.04 ACCESS BOXES
A. For below grade valves and piping devices
1. Christy Concrete Products Company, Brooks, with galvanized steel checker plate recessed traffic lid flush with rim of box. Lids for boxes located in areas subject to vehicular traffic shall be constructed to withstand H20 live loading as defined by the American Association of State Highway Officials (16,000 pound maximum individual wheel load). Service identification shall be conspicuously welded on lid before 342
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 8 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing galvanizing. For gas service, drill twelve 3/8" diameter vent holes through lid before galvanizing. Provide manufacturer's box extensions to bring box bottom three inches below bottom of valve and box top flush with finish grade.
2. Box sizes (non traffic)
Type Valve Valve Size Box No.
Water 2 1/2" and smaller B-9
Water 3" and 4" B-16
2.05 ACCESS DOORS
A. Unless specified otherwise by the Architect, provide access doors of the following type:
1. Concealed hinges, prime coated with rust-inhibitive paint, style of door to suit wall, ceiling, floor or roof construction and fire rating.
a. Milcor Type M
b. Milcor Type UFR, fire resistive type Underwriters Laboratory Class B, 1-1/2 hour rating meets UBC, IBCO and BOCA codes for two hour rated walls self latching with key lock, Elmdor/Stonman Type FR or equal.
2. Minimum size; 14" by 14".
3. Wall and ceiling access doors: Furnish as required for access to valves etc.; coordinate size and location to obtain access.
4. See architectural drawings for further requirements.
2.06 IDENTIFICATION
A. Equipment: Black Phenolic Plates engraved with 1/2” high white letters. The equipment shall be identified by the equipment schedule tag numbers shown on the plans (i.e. GWH-1).
Coordinate identification numbers with electrical contractor to ensure that the disconnect switches and other electrical/mechanical equipment has consistent identification numbers.
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Furnish and install miscellaneous equipment and materials required for the systems described whether or not specifically shown or specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ACCESSIBILITY
A. Do not install any equipment, valve, control, motor, filter, or any other device requiring maintenance or service in an inaccessible location or position. Install access doors as specified herein to render all such equipment serviceable whether specifically shown on the plans or not.
Maintain code clearance to all equipment. Coordinate location of doors with lights, etc., and locate symmetrically with same.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Observations: Check all project drawings and specifications; report any discrepancies before proceeding with the work and in time to avoid unnecessary rework.
B. Investigation: Examine the areas, conditions, and status of other work contiguous or connecting to the work to be performed; ensure that the time of installation is coordinated with other work.
C. Interruptions of Service: Portions of this work may involve connection to existing work, facilities, or utilities ties and may require interrupting shutdowns of same. Carefully plan, coordinate and execute such work so that any interruptions will be kept to a minimum in time and occurrence.
Submit request for shutdowns and make shutdowns only after receiving written approval from the Owner.
343
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 9 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing D. Other: Correct any unsatisfactory conditions that may impede proper execution of the work.
Ensure that all arrangements, personnel, materials, and tools are appropriate and adequate before proceeding.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Material and equipment incorporated in the work shall be used or applied only for the purpose intended or specified.
2. Install piping and all equipment that requires access with minimum vertical and horizontal clearances required by OSHA for service.
3. All pipes and all other equipment shall have 2 inches minimum clearance.
4. Do not proceed with work without clear understanding.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions:
1. When specifications require that installation comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation.
2. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by specifications.
3. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
4. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with the Engineer for further instructions.
5. Do not proceed with work without clear understanding.
3.04 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING
A. Where job conditions do not permit the installation of piping, etc. in the location shown, it shall be brought to the engineer's attention immediately before fabrication of piping, etc. and the relocation required shall be determined in a joint conference.
B. The contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items installed without first obtaining the architect’s or engineer’s approval. Remove and relocate such items at the contractors expense as so directed by the architect or engineer.
C. Where piping is left exposed within a room, run in vertical or horizontal planes. Maintain uniform spacing between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor or ceiling surfaces.
D. Horizontal runs of plumbing suspended from ceilings shall provide for maximum clearance.
E. Make minor changes in locations of equipment and piping, etc. from locations shown including minor offsets when directed by the engineer, at no additional cost to the owner.
3.05 CARE AND CLEANING
A. Clean and adjust all equipment at completion of installation to provide operating conditions satisfactory to the engineer. Remove broken, damaged or defective parts; repair or replace as directed by engineer. Remove surface material and debris resulting from this work when directed.
3.06 EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify all equipment with permanently attached plates.
3.07 FLASHINGS
A. Furnish and install a waterproof flashing for each pipe or other penetration through roof or wall.
Where details are not specifically delineated, submit details for review. 344
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 10 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
3.08 PAINTING
A. Painting is included under the Painting and Finishing Section. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to properly protect all equipment and controls during painting operations and the Contractor shall repair and/or replace any item damaged due to painting that was not properly protected.
3.09 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide access doors to all concealed equipment, valves, controls, etc. Locate doors where shown or to be coordinated and symmetrically located with lights, diffusers, etc. Access doors furnished by the contractor shall be installed by the general contractor.
3.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. General: Record data and operation and maintenance data are complementary. Submittal items which may be required under both categories may be included only under one submittal if a statement to that effect is included in the other submittal.
B. Quality Assurance
1. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel
a. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. b. Familiar with requirements of this Section.
c. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. d. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.
C. Form of Submittals
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. a. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title, "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION". List:
b. Title of Project
c. Provide indexed tabs.
d. Identity of separate structure as applicable.
e. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
2. Format
a. Electronic PDF
3. Drawings
a. Provide supporting drawings as needed.
D. Content of Manual
1. Table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. c. List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of:
1) Subcontractor or installer.
2) Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
3) Identify area of responsibility of each.
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
5) Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.
345
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 11 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
2. Product Data
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to:
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed. 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation.
3) Delete references to inapplicable information.
3. Drawings
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate. 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. 2) Control and flow diagrams.
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation.
c. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
4. Factory Authorized Start-Up Report.
a. Provide a factory start-up report for each piece of equipment. Contractor start-up reports, unless contractor is a factory authorized representative will not be allowed.
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. a. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
1) Proper procedures in event of failure.
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds.
E. Manual for Equipment and Systems
6. Submit electronic PDF in final form.
a. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate. 1) Description of unit and component parts.
2) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3) Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
4) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 5) Operating procedures
6) Start-up, break-in, routing and normal operating instructions. 7) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. 8) Summer and winter operating instructions.
9) Special operating instructions.
10) Maintenance Procedures
11) Routing operations
12) Guide to "trouble-shooting".
13) Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
14) Alignment, adjusting and checking
15) Servicing and lubrication schedule.
16) List of lubricants required.
17) Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 18) Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 346
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 12 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing 19) Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.
20) Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
21) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
22) As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 23) Each contractor's coordination drawings.
24) As-installed color coded piping diagrams.
25) Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve. 26) List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 27) Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. 28) Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate. 29) Description of system and component parts.
30) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 31) Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
32) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 33) Circuit directories of panel boards.
34) Electrical service.
35) Controls.
36) Communications
37) As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
38) Operating procedures:
39) Routing and normal operating instructions.
40) Sequences required
41) Special operating instructions
42) Maintenance procedures
43) Routine operations
44) Guide to "trouble-shooting".
45) Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
46) Adjustment and checking.
47) Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 48) List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 49) Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. 50) Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications.
F. Instruction of Owner's Personnel
1. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems.
2. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. a. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance.
347
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220500 - 13 Common Work Rewsults for Plumbing
3.11 RECORD DATA
A. Compilation
1. Record and collect information concurrently with construction progress and date all entries; make drawing entries within 24 hours after occurrence of change or installation requiring recording. Any concealed work covered before recording data shall be uncovered as directed or as necessary to obtain data.
a. Record information on drawing prints using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil); describe clearly by note or graphic line as appropriate.
2. Locate any concealed work adequately to allow future access with reasonable ease and accuracy.
a. Identify the plan location of all stub outs, pipe lines, etc., which are buried or concealed in the structure, whether installed where shown on the contract drawings or in a different location; show actual field dimensions from column lines, wall lines, or other permanent reference lines or points. b. In many cases on the contract drawings, the arrangement of conduits, pipes and similar items is shown schematically rather than as a precise scaled layout.
Identify the actual location of these with horizontal and vertical dimensions. If such lines are exposed or readily accessible, omit dimensional identification. c. When any work is installed of size, dimension, slope, or location different from that shown on the contract drawings, note the deviation on the Project Record set. If the variations are substantial or cannot be shown clearly on the record drawings, make a new drawing and attach to the Record set.
3. On other documents
a. Where changes occur in specifications, clearly indicate same in ink, colored pencil, or rubber stamp.
b. Where installed equipment differs from that specified (e.g., by accepted substitution or change order) note in the specifications and include complete data on same.
3.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Preparations: Prior to data collection and compilation, prepare and submit in duplicate an outline of the proposed organization and content.
B. Compilation: Prepare and collect data concurrently with construction progress. Compile per submitted outline.
C. See Section 220100 Operation and Maintenance of Plumbing.
END OF SECTION
348
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220523 - 1 General Duty Valves for Plumbing SECTION 220523
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All Division 22 Mechanical Sections.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. See Section 22 05 00
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 26 Electrical Work
B. Division 23 HVAC
C. Division 21 Fire Suppression
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Furnish two tee handle operators for each size to suit all valves which are installed below grade in access boxes and which are not fitted with integral handles; hub end valves shall be used where required.
1. Valves on systems operating over 100 psi shall be rated for 150 psi or higher as required.
B. Shut-off service, domestic water
1. Ball Valves:
a. Sizes 2” and smaller: NIBCO T/S/PC-585-66-LF or T/S/PC-585HP-66-LF, 600- 1000 psi rated, threaded or sweat ends, full port, teflon seat, quarter turn handle with stops, two-piece, lead free, bronze body and stainless steel ball. b. Sizes 2-1/2 to 4”: NIBCO T-FP-600A-LF, 400 psi rated, threaded ends, full port, teflon seat, quarter turn handle with stops, two-piece dezincification resistant brass body and stainless steel ball.
C. Balancing Valve
1. 400 psi, 250º F rating, Bell & Gossett Circuit Setter Plus, Lead Free or NIBCO T/S/PC 1805-LF
a. Sizes 1/2" to 3": Bell & Gossett Circuit Setter Plus Balancing Valve, and all metal parts of nonferrous copper alloy; positive shut off EPDM no drip seat; hidden memory stop; threaded connections. Valve to have differential pressure read-out ports across valve seat area.
D. Check Valves: Back flow prevention service
1. Swing check, PTFE disc, NIBCO or equal.
a. Sizes 2" and smaller: Fig. TS/PC-413-Y-LF, lead free; bronze body, threaded or soldered ends, plug type bonnet.
b. Size 2-1/2 and larger: Webstone 1054W Series, lead free Brass body, threaded ends.
2. Non-slam check Type NS, Bell & Gossett, NIBCO, or equal. a. Sizes 2” and smaller: NIBCO T/S/PC-480-Y-LF
b. Size 2-1/2” to 4" and larger: NIBCO W/F-910-B-LF (200 psi rated) or W/F960-B-LF (400 psi rated); wafer or flanged ends. c. Cast-iron body, bronze plug, seat and guide bushing, stainless steel helical spring. 349
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220523 - 2 General Duty Valves for Plumbing d. Flow area through valve shall exceed cross-sectional area of specified pipe size by no less than 10%.
E. Pressure Reducing Valve
1. Sizes ½" – 3", Watts Model 223 or equal.
a. Bronze body, sealed cage, removable disc holder to allow disc replacement.
Rated for temperatures up to 160o F. Adjustable pressure range from 25 to 75 psig with 300-psig initial pressure.
b. Provide with a separate strainer and built in bypass feature.
F. Y-Type, Armstrong
1. Sizes 2" and smaller: 250 psi bronze body, threaded or soldered ends, threaded screen retainer. monel screen with .045" perforations.
2. Sizes 2 ½” and larger: 125 psi body, 125 lb. flanged or grooved ends, bolted screen retainer. monel screen with .045" perforations.
2.02 VALVE BOXES
A. Underground valve box shall be "Brooks or "Christy" marked for service.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Valves shall be full size of line in which installed. Furnish discs suitable for service intended. All valves shall be properly packed and lubricated. Unions shall be placed adjacent to each threaded or soldered valve or equipment connection 2" and smaller. Install flanges at all valves with stems vertical wherever possible. Stems shall not be placed below horizontal.
B. Install unions adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
C. All shutoff valves in water lines shall be or ball valves, unless otherwise shown.
D. Valves shall be provided with brass identification tags indicating service controlled. Tags may be omitted on lines exposed in equipment rooms where service is obvious.
END OF SECTION
350
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220529 - 1 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
SECTION 220529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All Division 23 Mechanical Sections.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Furnish and install all plumbing work shown on the drawings, specified herein, and as required for a complete and functional installation.
B. This section includes materials and methods applicable to the work described in all Division 22 Plumbing Sections. Specific work requirements of individual Sections take precedence if in conflict with requirements of this Section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by the Engineer, prior to deviating from the requirements given below.
B. For all seismic bracing systems, submit structural calculations and details prepared and signed by the Contractors licensed engineer which include all resultant forces applied to the building structure. Do not overstress building structure. The maximum allowable loads are as indicated in 3.01 of this specification. The submittal data required does not require an analysis of the building structural numbers and their reaction to the loads of the piping. The submittal data needs to address attachment methods and shall include calculations indicating the forces that are applied to the building structure at the point of attachment. Calculations will be reviewed for compliance with design criteria, not for arithmetic.
1.04 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 26 Electrical Work
B. Division 23 HVAC
C. Division 21 Fire Suppression
1.05 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Information presented on Drawings and in the Specifications is based upon latest data available during their preparation. The Drawings and Specifications are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor and exact locations, distances, levels, etc. will be governed by the structures and the site the contractor shall accept same with this understanding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. B-Line, Superstrut, Tolco, Grinnell, or equal. Numbers are B-line.
B. Finish: Electro-Chromate or hot dipped galvanized.
C. Trapeze Suspension, for three or more pipes B-Line 1-5/8" width channel or a size suitable for load in accordance with manufacturer's published load ratings. No deflection to exceed 1/180 of a span.
D. Trapeze Supporting Rods: Diameter sufficient to support the load with a safety factor of 5.
Anchor rods securely to building structure. See part three for minimum sizes.
E. Pipe Straps: copper coated for copper.
F. Size: For insulated pipe - pipe hangers sized to allow pipe insulation to pass continuously through the hanger.
G. Insulated Pipe Shields: Utilize isolated pipe supports at all insulated pipe hanger locations.
H. Isolators: Trisolator isolators at all hangers and clamps supporting un-insulated piping and tubing and at all points that pipe comes in contact with structure or other pipes. 351
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220529 - 2 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Support all piping so that it is firmly held in place by approved iron hangers and supports and special hangers as required or as scheduled on the drawings.
1. Rigidly fasten hose faucets, and similar items at ends of pipe branches to the building construction near point of connection.
B. Hanger Installation: On all insulated pipes, install the hangers on the outside of the pipe covering and not in contact with the pipe. Burning, welding, cutting, or drilling on any structural member may only be done if approved by the structural engineer. No valve or piece of equipment shall be used to support the weight of any pipe. Provide a hanger close to the point of change of direction of pipe run in either horizontal or vertical plane. Place supports and hangers for cast iron soil pipe as close as possible to joints; when hangers or supports do not come within one foot of a branch line fitting, install an additional hanger or support at the fitting.
Protect insulation, when pipe is insulated, at each hanger with 180 degree, 18 gauge, 12 inch long G.I. Saddles.
C. Hanger rods with C-clamp type structural attachment shall be equipped with retaining straps.
D. Metallic Pipe Hanger Spacing and Rod Size Schedule:
Type of Pipe Spacing
Pipe Size ½” – 2” 2 ½” – 5” 6” – 8”
Steel Pipe *8' - 0" 10' - 0" 12’ - 0"
Copper
Tubing 5’ - 0” 8’ – 0” 10’ – 0”
Cast Iron Support at 8'- 0" intervals and on each side of and within 12" of joint.
Rod Size: 3/8” ½” 5/8”
*1/2” gas piping shall be spaced 6’ – 0” maximum
E. ABS, PVC and CPVC pipe hanger installation
1. Hangers should not compress, distort, cut or abrade the piping.
2. All piping should be supported with an approved hanger at intervals sufficiently close to maintain correct pipe alignment and to prevent sagging or grade reversal. Pipe should also be supported at all branch ends and at all changes of direction.
3. Support trap arms as close as possible to the trap. In keeping with good plumbing practices, support and brace all closet bends and fasten closet flanges.
4. Concentrated loads should be supported directly so as to eliminate high stress concentrations.
5. Hangers should provide as much bearing surface as possible. To prevent damage to the pipe, file smooth any sharp edges or burrs on the hangers or supports.
6. Plastic piping systems must not be placed alongside steam or other high temperature pipe lines or other high temperature objects.
7. Support spacing for horizontal piping systems is determined by the maximum operating temperature the system will encounter. The piping should be supported on uniform centers with supports that do not restrict the axial movement.
8. For vertical lines, the contractor shall provide engineering calculations for vertical supports according to the vertical load involved.
352
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220529 - 3 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
PLASTIC PIPE SUPPORTS SPACING (Ft.)
Nom.
Pipe
Size
(in.)
Schedule 40
ABS CPVC PEX
Operating Temperatures
100 oF 60 oF 80 oF 100 oF 120 oF 140 oF 180 oF All
½ NA 3 3 3 3 3 2 ½ 2 ½
¾ NA 3 3 3 3 3 2 ½ 2 ½
1 NA 3 3 3 3 3 2 ½ 2 ½
1 ¼ NA 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 ½
1 ½ NA 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 ½
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 ½
2 ½ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 NA
3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 NA
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 NA
6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 NA
F. Anchor pipe subject to expansion or contraction in a manner permitting strains to be evenly distributed.
G. All hangers and fasteners are subject to the approval of the Structural Engineer.
H. Provide beam clamp retaining straps for all pipe supports attached to structural beams.
END OF SECTION
353
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220553 - 1 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
SECTION 220553
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SEE SECTION 230500
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION
A. Equipment: Black Phenolic Plates engraved with 1/2" high white letters. The equipment shall be identified by the mechanical equipment schedule tag numbers shown on the plans (ie.
GWH-1, CP-1).
2.02 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
A. Maximum spacing for identification shall be 10 feet.
B. Identification shall be provided per the following
1. At both sides of floor or wall penetrations
2. Adjacent to all valves and flanges
3. Adjacent to all changes in direction
4. To be visible from the point of normal approach
C. Indicate flow direction and type of fluid.
D. Provide plastic labels for mechanical engraving with predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
1. Material: rigid plastic laminated impact acrylic, 2-layer, exterior grade, UV stable.
2. Thickness: 3/16 inch minimum.
3. Maximum label size: Length and width vary for required label content but, no less than 2 inches wide by 1 inch high.
4. Background color:
5. Normal power: Black, matte finish.
6. Lettering: White, machine engraved, Futura font, 3/8 inch high, all caps.
7. Maximum temperature: Able to withstand up to 160 degrees Fahrenheit.
8. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless-steel screws, except contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate.
a. Mounting screw type to be number 8 – 18 by ½ drilling or tapping style, ¼ inch hex washer head, stainless steel, or similar, appropriate for material in which sign is affixed to. A bead of silicone sealer shall be applied on back of sign and at screw locations prior to affixing sign to equipment.
b. For signs larger than 3 inches by 3 inches, use a minimum of 4 mounting screws.
2.03 PAINTED IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with the letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications but, not less than ¾ inch high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions.
B. Stencil paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray can form and grade.
C. Identification paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors. 354
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220553 - 2 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
2.4 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
A. General requirements for Manufactured Pipe labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B. Self-adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. Brady/Seton, Stranco, Rowmark or equal.
C. Small pipes: For external diameters less than 6 inches, provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around the pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods:
1. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
2. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
3. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
4. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4 inch wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2 inches.
5. Pipe label contents: Include identification of piping service using piping system nomenclature as specified, schedules or shown, and abbreviate only as necessary for each application. Include pipe size and an arrow indicating direction of flow.
6. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
7. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.
D. Locate pipe markers as follows:
1. Within one foot of each valve, fitting, thermometer or gauge.
2. At each branch or riser take off.
3. At each passage through walls or ceiling construction.
4. At each passage to underground.
5. On all horizontal pipe runs every 20 feet, at least twice in each room.
6. Identify piping contents, flow direction, supply and return.
7. At wall and ceiling access panels.
8. Practible variations or changes in locations and spacing may be made with specific approval of the University’s Representive to meet specific conditions.
E. Color code shall be as follows:
1. Domestic Cold Water – Green Background with White Lettering
2. Domestic Hot Water - Green Background with White Lettering
3. Domestic Hot Water Return - Yellow Background with Black Lettering
4. Lab Air – yellow background with white text
5. Lab Vacuum – White background with black text (could have checkerboard pattern)
6. Medical Air – Yellow background with black text
7. Oxygen – Green background with white text or white background with green text 355
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220553 - 3 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
F. Pipe Letter height shall be as follows:
Outside Pipe Diameter
Including Insulation
Minimum Length of Label Minimum Height of Letters
.75” – 1.25” 8” .5”
1.5” – 2” 8” .75”
2.5” – 6” 12” 1.25”
8” – 10” 24” 2.5”
Over 10” 32” 3.5”
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify all equipment with permanently attached plates.
B. Identify all controls and controllers except thermostats in finished areas.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS
A. Piping and Valves
1. Provide identifications for all valves. Provide tags with lettered inscriptions (not numbered).
END OF SECTION
356
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220700 - 1 Plumbing Insulation General Requirements SECTION 220700
PLUMBING INSULATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All Division 22 sections.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section describes insulation materials, methods, and applications for Plumbing Work, Special or specific details, applications, features, or methods may be described in work descriptions Sections or on the drawings.
1.03 RELATED DIVISIONS
A. 210000: Fire Sprinklers
B. 220000: Plumbing
C. 230000: HVAC
1.04 REFERENCES
A. Thermal insulation materials shall meet the property requirements of one or more of the following specifications as applicable to the specific product or end use:
1. American Society for Testing of Materials Specifications:
a. ASTM C 547, "Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation" b. ASTM C 585, "Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System)" c. ASTM C 1136, "Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation"
1.05 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Insulation materials furnished should meet the minimum thickness requirements of National Voluntary Consensus Standard 90.1 (Latest edition), "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings," of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
B. Insulation materials furnished and installed hereunder shall meet the fire hazard requirements of applicable building codes when tested in composite form per one of the following nominally equivalent test methods:
1. American Society for Testing of Materials ASTM E 84
2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. UL 723, CAN/ULC-S102-M88
3. National Fire Protection Association NFPA 255
C. Molded pipe insulation shall be manufactured to meet ASTM C 585 for sizes required in the particular system.
D. Molded fibrous glass pipe insulation shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 547.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Installers: only a licensed firm employing installers specifically skilled and experienced in applying insulation to piping shall do Insulation work.
B. Insulation materials and accessories furnished and installed hereunder shall, where required, be accompanied by manufacturers' current submittal or data sheets showing compliance with applicable specifications listed in above.
C. Insulation materials, including all weather and vapor barrier materials, closures, hangers, supports, fitting covers, and other accessories, shall be furnished and installed in strict accordance with project drawings, plans, and specifications. 357
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220700 - 2 Plumbing Insulation General Requirements D. Insulation materials and accessories shall be installed in a workmanlike manner by skilled and experienced workers who are regularly engaged in commercial insulation work.
E. Codes and Standards:
1. California Code of Regulations - Title 24.
2. National Fire Protection Association - 90A
3. Insulation applied to the exterior or interior surface of ducts, and the exterior surface of piping, shall be UL labeled with maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and maximum smoke- developed rating of 50 according to ASTME 84, when tested as a composite installation including insulation, facing materials, and adhesives as normally applied.
1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. All of the insulation materials and accessories covered by this specification shall be delivered to the job site and stored in a safe, dry place with appropriate labels and/or other product identification.
B. The contractor shall use whatever means are necessary to protect the insulation materials and accessories before, during, and after installation. No insulation material shall be installed that has become damaged in any way.
C. If any insulation material has become wet because of transit or job site exposure to moisture or water, the contractor shall not install such material, and shall remove it from the job site. An exception may be allowed in cases where the contractor is able to demonstrate that wet insulation when fully dried out (either before installation or afterward following exposure to system operating temperatures) will provide installed performance that is equivalent in all respects to new, completely dry insulation. In such cases, consult the insulation manufacturer for technical assistance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION – SEE 220716
2.02 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION – SEE 220719
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION/INSTALLATION
A. Use the types and thickness of insulation specified in work description Sections.
B. Apply insulations in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with instructions specified herein or noted on the drawings.
C. Install insulations only after the systems, items, and equipment have been installed and tested, inspected, and accepted. Exceptions: Slip-on piping insulation and equipment insulations installed at the factory.
D. Fit insulation snugly to the item being insulated; butt all joints tightly with no voids, spaces, or thin spots.
E. Seal all joints completely; where sealing tape is used, center the tape over the joint.
F. Except where specified or necessary, do not use staples or fasteners which penetrate vapor barrier jackets or covers on cold systems or equipment; where such penetrating fasteners are used, seal each penetration completely to maintain the vapor barrier integrity. All penetrations of the ASJ and exposed ends of insulation shall be sealed with vapor barrier mastic. Vapor seals at butt joints shall be applied at every fourth pipe section joint and at each fitting to provide isolation of water incursion.
G. Use adhesives, mastics, cements, sealants, and finishes undiluted unless specifically directed otherwise; apply per manufacturer's directions.
H. Install outdoor jacketing or other specified weather proofing or finishing on all insulations outdoors.
I. Install all indoor exposed insulation with extra care and finish neatly. 358
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220700 - 3 Plumbing Insulation General Requirements J. Follow specified methods of installation unless alternative methods are submitted and approved.
3.02 FINISHING
A. Finishes and Protection:
1. Insure that the exterior finish of all insulation is applied and complete as specified.
2. Make ready for painting, or painted to match existing including color where specified for paint.
3. Install all metal jackets or protective sheathing where specified.
B. Repair, Touchup: Properly repair and touchup all dents, rips, tears, or other damage inflicted on jackets or exterior surfaces of insulation. Breaks or punctures in the vapor barrier of external insulation will not be accepted and must be repaired prior to project acceptance.
END OF SECTION
359
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220719 - 1 Plumbing Piping Insulation SECTION 220719
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. A continuous intact vapor barrier is critical for all pipes conveying fluids at temperatures less than 75° F.
B. All insulation material shall have a mold, humidity, and erosion resistant face that has met the requirements of 2019 CMC Standard No. 6-1.
C. Insulation applied to the exterior surface of pipes located in buildings shall have a flame spread of no more than 25 and smoke developed rating of not more than 50.
D. All requirements of Section 220700 apply to this section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 IP-1 RIGID MOLDED SECTIONAL/INDOOR CONCEALED JACKET A. Regular shape (straight run).
1. Molded sectional, factory fabricated of heavy density resin bonded fibrous glass, with integral factory applied all service jack of Kraft paper/aluminum foil/glass fiber reinforcement.
2. Insulation shall have a thermal conductivity k factor of 0.23 at 75° F mean temperature and be suitable for direct application and service on piping having operating surface temperatures of -60° to 450°F.
3. Jacket shall:
a. Extend 1-1/2” (minimum) along one edge of longitudinal joint to form a sealing lap, which shall be faced inside with a paper protected pressure sensitive adhesive. b. Have a permanence rating of 0.02 perm/in. and a Beach puncture resistance of 50 units;
c. Have an exterior suitable for painting with latex or water base paint.
4. All insulation shall have composite (insulation, jacket, tape seal and adhesive used to adhere jacket to the insulation). Fire and Smoke Hazard ratings as tested under procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723, not exceeding Flame Spread of 25 and a Smoke Developed of 50. PVC fitting covers and accessories, such as adhesives, mastics, cements and cloth for fittings shall have the same component ratings.
5. Paper laminate jackets shall be permanently flame and smoke resistant. Chemicals used for treating paper in jacket laminates shall not be water soluble and shall be unaffected by water and humidity.
6. Fiberglass Schuler-Manville Micro-Lok, or equal.
B. Irregular shape (fittings, flanges, valves, etc.)
1. Fibrous glass of same density, thickness, and other properties or characteristics as the adjacent regular shape insulation either pre-molded or field forged to fit the item being insulated. The pre-molded insulation shall be provided with weather protection cover.
2.02 IP-2 RIGID MOLDED SECTIONAL/OUTDOOR JACKET
A. Regular shape (straight run).
1. Molded sectional, factory fabricated of heavy density resin bonded fibrous glass, with integral factory applied all service jacket of Kraft paper/aluminum foil/glass fiber reinforcement.
360
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220719 - 2 Plumbing Piping Insulation
2. Insulation shall have a thermal conductivity k factor of 0.23 at 75° F mean temperature and be suitable for direct application and service on piping having operating surface temperatures of -60° to 450°F.
3. Jacket:
4. Straight runs: .016” thick smooth sheet aluminum finish.
5. Irregular shapes:
a. Amerisafe, factory molded aluminum covers, or
b. Mitered aluminum sheet matching straight run jacketing, or c. Weather coating.
d. Alternative jacketing: Schuler-Manville Type ML, metal jacketing system.
6. All insulation shall have composite (insulation, jacket, tape seal and adhesive used to adhere jacket to the insulation). Fire and Smoke Hazard ratings as tested under procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723, not exceeding Flame Spread of 25 and a Smoke Developed of 50. PVC fitting covers and accessories, such as adhesives, mastics, cements and cloth for fittings shall have the same component ratings.
7. Paper laminate jackets shall be permanently flame and smoke resistant. Chemicals used for treating paper in jacket laminates shall not be water soluble and shall be unaffected by water and humidity.
8. Fiberglass Schuler-Manville Micro-Lok, or equal.
B. Irregular shape (fittings, flanges, valves, etc.)
1. Fibrous glass of same density, thickness, and other properties or characteristics as the adjacent regular shape insulation, either pre-molded or field forged to fit the item being insulated. The pre-molded insulation shall be provided with weather protection cover.
2.03 IP-3 ELASTOMERIC FOAM
A. Insulation shall be Elastomeric Foam Insulation. Insulation should have a maximum service temperature of 210° F, a minimum service temperature of -40°F, and a “K” factor of 028 at 75°F.
The flame spread of the insulation shall be 25 or less, and smoke density shall be 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
B. Provide U.V. protective coating for all outdoor applications. Foster 30-64, Armacell WB Coating or K-Flex 374.
C. K-Flex R-180-FS/R-1800-FS, Armacell Armaflex or equal.
2.04 IP-4 CLOSED CELL POLYOLEFIN
A. Closed cell flexible plastic foam insulation should have a “k” factor of 0.27 or less at 75°F and water vapor permeability of .2 perm-inch or less. The manufacturer shall warrant the insulation to be able to be directly buried underground without any protective jacket.
B. Closed Cell Polyolefin in tubular form shall comply with ASTM C-534, UL 94HBF, UBC 42-1 Class I, ASTM E-84 (25/50), NFPA 255 (25/50), UL 723(25/50), FMCSS-302, CAN-ULCS102.2-M88 (25/50) Flammability Classification, MEA#267-92-M, New York.
C. Provide U.V. protective coating for all outdoor applications.
D. IMCOA Imcolock or equal.
2.05 IP-5 RIGID MOLDED SECTIONAL/INDOOR EXPOSED JACKET
A. Regular shape (straight run)
1. Molded sectional, factory fabricated of heavy density resin bonded fibrous glass, with integral factory applied all service jacket of Kraft paper/aluminum foil/glass fiber reinforcement.
361
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220719 - 3 Plumbing Piping Insulation
2. Insulation shall have a thermal conductivity k factor of 0.23 at 75°F mean temperature and be suitable for direct application and service on piping having operating surface temperatures of -60° to 450°F.
3. Jacket:
a. Straight runs: PVC fitting covers with vapor barrier. b. Irregular shapes:
c. Zeston, Snap-Form, factory molded PVC covers, or
d. Mitered aluminum sheet matching straight run jacketing, or e. Alternative jacketing: Schuler-Manville Type ML, metal jacketing system.
4. All insulation shall have composite (insulation, jacket, tape seal and adhesive used to adhere jacket to the insulation). Fire and Smoke Hazard ratings as tested under procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723, not exceeding Flame Spread of 25 and a Smoke Developed of 50. PVC fitting covers and accessories, such as adhesives, mastics, cements and cloth for fittings shall have the same component ratings.
5. Paper laminate jackets shall be permanently flame and smoke resistant. Chemicals used for treating paper in jacket laminates shall not be water soluble and shall be unaffected by water and humidity.
6. Fiberglass Schuler-Manville Mico-Lok, or equal.
B. Irregular shape (fittings, flanges, valves, etc.)
1. Fibrous glass of same density, thickness, and other properties or characteristics as the adjacent regular shape insulation, either pre-molded or field forged to fit the item being insulated. The pre-molded insulation shall be provided with PVC protection cover.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS
Note: Where multiple systems are listed, contractor has the option to choose.
A. Condensate (CD) water piping above grade/indoors
1. Use System IP-3. (Elastomeric Foam) (R-value=6.0).
a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
2. Use System IP-4. (Closed Cell Polyolefin).
a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
3. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
B. Condensate (CD) water piping below computer room floor:
1. Use System IP-3 Elastomeric Foam with vapor barrier or IP-4 Closed Cell Polyolefin. (Rvalue=6.0) a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
b. Insulate all waste piping downstream of condensate receptors (CDR) inside of the return air plenum.
C. Rain Water Leaders and Overflow Drains above grade/indoors:
1. Use System IP-3. (Elastomeric Foam) (R-value=6.0).
a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
2. Use System IP-4. (Closed Cell Polyolefin).
a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
3. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. 362
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220719 - 4 Plumbing Piping Insulation a. ¾" thickness for all sizes
D. Industrial Cold Water (ICW) piping above grade/indoors:
1. Use System IP-3. (Elastomeric Foam) (R-value=6.0).
a. ½" thickness for all sizes
2. Use System IP-4. (Closed Cell Polyolefin).
a. ½" thickness for all sizes
3. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. ½" thickness for all sizes smaller than 1”. Use 1” thickness for 1” thru 4” E. Domestic cold water (CW) piping above grade/indoors:
1. Use System IP-3. (Elastomeric Foam) (R-value=6.0).
a. ½" thickness for all sizes
2. Use System IP-4. (Closed Cell Polyolefin).
a. ½" thickness for all sizes
3. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. ½" thickness for all sizes smaller than 1”. Use 1” thickness for 1” thru 4” b. ½" thickness for all sizes smaller than 1”. Use 1” thickness for 1” thru 4” F. Domestic cold water (CW) piping above grade/indoors (First 5’-0” of the cold-water pipe at the water heater) (R-value=7.7 for pipe sizes less than 1”; R-value=12.5 for pipe sizes 1” to 1-1/4”; ); R-value=11.0 for pipe sizes 1-1/2” to 3” & R-value=9.0 for pipe sizes 4” to 6”:
1. Use System IP-3. (Elastomeric Foam).
a. ½" thickness for all sizes
2. Use System IP-4. (Closed Cell Polyolefin).
a. ½" thickness for all sizes
3. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. ½" thickness for all sizes smaller than 1”. Use 1” thickness for 1” thru 4” G. Domestic cold water (CW) piping above grade/outdoors
1. Use System IP-2. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Outdoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. Rvalue=9.0 a. 1 ½" thickness for all sizes
b. All piping shall have heat trace installed to protect from freezing. Coordinate with the electrical contractor.
H. Industrial cold water (ICW) piping above grade/outdoors
1. Use System IP-2. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Outdoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. Rvalue=9.0 a. 1 ½" thickness for all sizes
b. All piping shall have heat trace installed to protect from freezing. Coordinate with the electrical contractor.
I. Domestic tempered water (TW) above grade/indoors
1. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. For temperatures 105 to 140° F, 1” thickness for pipes smaller than 1" diameter (Rvalue=7.7), 1-1/2" thickness for 1" & 1-1/4” diameter pipe (R-value=12.5) and 1- 1/2" thickness for 1-1/2" to 3” diameter pipe (R-value=12.5); 2” thickness for 2” diameter to 6" diameter pipe (R-value=14.0).
363
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220719 - 5 Plumbing Piping Insulation J. Domestic hot water (HW) above grade/indoors
1. Use System IP-1. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Indoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. For temperatures 105 to 140° F, 1” thickness for pipes smaller than 1" diameter (Rvalue=7.7), 1-1/2" thickness for 1" & 1-1/4” diameter pipe (R-value=12.5) and 1- 1/2" thickness for 1-1/2" to 3” diameter pipe (R-value=12.5); 2” thickness for 2” diameter to 6" diameter pipe (R-value=14.0).
K. Domestic hot water (HW) above grade/outdoors
1. Use System IP-2. (Rigid Molded Sectional/Outdoor Jacket) with vapor barrier. a. All Sizes: 2” thick. R-value=14.0
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Unless specifically excluded herein or on the drawings, insulate all parts of hot piping systems, steam piping, and condensate drains including fittings, flanges, valves, and pipe-mounted devices, except do not cover nameplates on devices.
B. Install insulation in removable sections over unions, flanges, and line components or devices requiring periodic maintenance.
C. Install insulation butted tightly to transitions such as insulated pipe shields, insulated pipe sleeves, equipment connections, etc.
D. Install insulation on piping systems so that condensation will not occur. Insulate pipe supports where hanger is directly in contact with pipe up to the point of connection to the building structure. All piping shall be supported in such a manner that neither the insulation nor the vapor/weather barrier is compromised by the hanger or the effects of the hanger. In all cases, hanger spacing shall be such that the circumferential joint may be made outside the hanger. On cold systems, vapor barrier shall be continuous, including material covered by the hanger saddle.
E. Treat equipment face piping as follows:
1. Where piping is subject to condensation (domestic water systems, rain water leaders, condensate drains) and where installed above grade outdoors (either hot or cold systems) insulate piping completely to the point of equipment connection.
2. Where not subject to condensation (hot systems) terminate insulation at the outlet side of the equipment shut-off valve, leaving the face piping un-insulated, 24” max, unless noted otherwise, except where exposed to outdoors.
F. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation, with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. Butt insulation joints firmly to ensure complete, tight fit over all piping surfaces.
G. Maintain the integrity of factory-applied vapor barrier jacketing on all pipe insulation, protecting it against puncture, tears or other damage. All staples used on cold pipe insulation shall be coated with Foster 30-65 or Childers CP-34 vapor barrier coating to maintain vapor barrier integrity.
H. Rigid Molded Sectional/Jacketed:
1. Comply with applicable general instructions above.
2. Apply to all hot water and piping (except where specified or noted otherwise) installed above grade indoors and outdoors, concealed or exposed.
3. Seal all transverse joints (except at PVC fitting jackets) with circumferentially applied 3" (minimum) width tape of same material as the jacket, faced with the same adhesive as the longitudinal lap, or seal with Hardcast 4" wide Type DT490-C mineral impregnated woven fiber tape (synthetic fiber indoors, cotton fiber outdoors) using Hardcast FTA-20 activator/adhesive applied by brush or roller. Seal transverse joints at PVC fittings jackets with color matching PVC tape and vapor barrier mastic adhesive. 364
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 220719 - 6 Plumbing Piping Insulation
4. Fittings and valves shall be insulated with pre-formed fiberglass fittings, fabricated sections of fiberglass pipe insulation, blanket insulation, or insulating cement. Thickness shall be equal to adjacent pipe insulation. Finish shall be with pre-formed PVC fitting covers or as otherwise specified on contract drawings.
5. Flanges, couplings and valve bonnets shall be covered with an oversized pipe insulation section sized to provide the same insulation thickness as on the main pipe section. An oversized insulation section shall be used to form a collar between the two insulation sections with low-density blanket insulation being used to fill gaps. Jacketing shall match that used on straight pipe sections. Rough-cut ends shall be coated with suitable weather or vapor resistant mastic as dictated by the system location and service.
6. On hot systems where fittings are to be left exposed, insulation ends should be beveled away from bolts for easy access.
7. On cold systems, particular care must be given to vapor sealing the fitting cover or finish to the pipe insulation vapor barrier. All valve stems shall be sealed with caulking to allow free movement of the stem but provide a seal against moisture incursion.
8. Fit insulation terminations with Zeston, Snap Form, end cap jackets, or seal with Hardcast tape as specified above for joints.
9. On all piping (except equipment face piping) installed outdoors, install outdoor jacketing.
Install aluminum sheet jacket with all joints turned down at 45º below horizontal; secure in place with non-corroding bands and/or blind rivets (do not puncture vapor barrier insulation jacket). On equipment face piping (including equipment shut-off valve) coat the insulation with ¼" thick Foster 46-50 or Childers CP-10/11 (weatherproofing) mastic reinforced with glass fabric and finished with two (2) coats of aluminum paint.
10. Penetrations
a. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors, and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise specified.
I. Closed Cell Polyolefin:
1. Install pre slit, pre-glued closed cell polyolefin foam pipe insulation as per manufacturer's recommendations. Seal all joints and seams with Fuse-Seal Gun or with Armstrong 520 adhesive or equal in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Fabricate fitting covers from polyolefin foam insulation using same procedure.
2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards.
3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
J. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions and as specified.
K. Install faced insulation with facing to occupied room side. Install non-rated facing in contact with unexposed surface of finish materials.
L. Do not install insulation over recessed light fixtures.
M. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Fit insulation into crevices, spaces at outlet boxes and similar penetrations.
N. Maintain continuous foil faced vapor barrier. Provide fire resistive tape at all edges or penetrations of foil faced insulation, including batt ends.
O. Where wall insulation cavity exceeds 8 feet high, provide blocking or other approved support at 8 feet on center.
END OF SECTION
365
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221116 - 1 Domestic Water Piping SECTION 221116
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Section 221100, Facility Water Distribution applies to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This section includes all plumbing (equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings, specialties) inside the building(s) and outside the building(s) to the point of connection to site plumbing systems.
B. Provide complete plumbing systems including:
1. Service connections to existing on-site utilities, and stubs for future connection to equipment provided under the work of this Section or other Sections of the Specifications.
2. All piping systems for conduction of cold water, heated water, soil, waste, fuel gas, and other fluids or gases as shown or specified for plumbing work.
3. All valves, piping supports, piping penetration auxiliaries, piping protective coverings, piping, and other piping accessories as shown or specified for plumbing work.
4. All plumbing equipment and auxiliary items as specified herein or shown on the drawings.
5. No Pro-Press or similar copper pipe joining method will be accepted.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 220500 - Plumbing
B. Section 220700 - Insulation
C. Section 210000 - Fire Protection
D. Section 230000 - Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All plumbing fixtures and equipment shall comply with California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, latest edition.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. Pipes and Tubes (See 2.03 for application of pipe to be used)
1. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types K, L and M, water tube, drawn temper.
2. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper.
B. Fittings
1. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ANSI B16.22.
2. Cast-Copper-Alloy, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, ASTM B584.
3. Cast-Copper-Alloy, Threaded -Joint Pressure Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.15, ASTM B584.
4. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Classes 150 and 300.
5. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy body, hexagonal stock, with ball-andsocket joint, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint, threaded, or solder-joint and threaded ends. Threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
C. Joining Materials
1. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B32, alloys to suit system requirements.
2. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, alloys to suit system requirements. 366
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221116 - 2 Domestic Water Piping
1.06 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural members shall not be cut or modified in any manner without specific instructions from the structural engineer and approval from DSA. Where possible, offset vents and pipes rising in walls, concealed above ceilings, below plates and rise through roof. Where this is not possible, install vents and pipes through plates as detailed on structural drawings.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a general statement of materials and methods along with manufacturer’s technical data and installation instructions for all equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings, and plumbing specialties to be installed.
B. Record Drawings: Per specification section 220500 requirements.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Per specification section 220100 requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Adapters: Wrought copper male adapters shall be used wherever it is necessary to connect copper tubing to a valve or "tee" having threaded connections.
2.02 PIPE, FITTING, AND JOINING MATERIALS
A. Copper Water Pipe (See 2.03 for application of pipe to be used)
1. Pipe: Above grade, Type M, L, or K hard drawn copper tubing per ASTM B-88, plain ends.
2. Fittings: Solder type, wrought copper per ANSI Standard B16.22 or cast red bronze per ANSI Standard B16.18. Do not use T-drill.
3. Unions: Solder type, cast red bronze.
4. Joining Materials/Methods
a. Canfield, Silvabrite or equal lead free solder with a non-corrosive water based flux. b. 15% silver brazing alloy, water based silver brazing flux. Silver content must be clearly identified on the brazing rod.
5. Connections
a. Copper to dissimilar metals: dielectric connector.
b. Copper to threaded connections: cast brass adapters.
2.03 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS
A. Inside Building (to 5'-0" outside building line).
1. Water Piping: Above grade, Type L drawn temper, joining methods, soldered connections, below grade, Type K drawn temper copper tubing, joining methods, brazed connections.
2. Plastic pipe and fittings shall not be used inside of buildings.
B. Outside Building (from 5'-0" outside building line)
1. Domestic Water
a. 1 ½” and smaller, Schedule 40 PVC, solvent welded, pipe and Schedule 80 fittings.
b. 2" & 2 ½”, Schedule 80 PVC, solvent welded, pipe and Schedule 80 fittings. c. 3" and larger, Johns Mansville, C-900, Blue Brut, PVC pipe and fittings, Class 200, installed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions. 367
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221116 - 3 Domestic Water Piping PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING
A. Provide trenching and backfill for buried piping and install with the following minimum cover unless shown otherwise, cover is from top of pipe to finish grade.
1. Water - 30"
B. Water piping
1. On buried lines larger than 2-1/2” size, install concrete thrust blocks between pipe and undisturbed soil of trench wall at each change in direction (tees and ells) for lateral support.
2. Where laid in same trench with sewer line, install on trench shelf at least 12" above top of sewer pipe.
3. Where subject to freezing conditions water pipe shall be buried at least 30 inches deep or deeper to protect the water from freezing.
4. Run water piping generally level. No piping shall be installed to cause an unusual noise from the flow of water under normal conditions.
5. Locate water hammer arrestors at all flush valve water branches to a single fixture and where two or more fixtures are located in a row or battery.
6. Adapters: Wrought copper male adapters shall be used wherever it is necessary to connect copper tubing to a valve or tee having threaded connections.
7. Install Bare Metal Pipe Isolators: Stoneman "Trisolator", Superstrut "Cush-a-strip", Unistrut on all hot and cold domestic water piping.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Water Sterilization
1. Contractor shall provide all ports, valves and isolation of new piping for testing.
2. After installation and before installing valves or making final connections, flush or purge piping systems clean of foreign substances; use water to flush piping conducting liquids and compressed air to clear piping conducting gases.
3. After completing cold and heated water systems, disinfect in accordance with current requirements of U.S. Public Health Department. Use 50 parts per million of chlorine with 8 hour retention and flush to leave a residual no greater than supply source. Submit written certification of disinfecting completion by independent laboratory. After sterilization take at lease one (1) water sample per floor and have analyzed for "E-coli" to submit test results.
3.03 PIPING TESTING: TESTING CRITERIA
System Medium Pressure Duration
Water Water 150 psig 4 hours
END OF SECTION
368
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 1 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping SECTION 221316
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Section 220500 applies to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This section includes all plumbing (equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings, specialties) inside the building(s) and outside the building(s) to the point of connection to site plumbing systems.
B. Provide complete plumbing systems including:
1. Service connections to existing on-site utilities, and stubs for future connection to equipment provided under the work of this Section or other Sections of the Specifications.
2. All piping systems for conduction of soil, waste, and other fluids or gases as shown or specified for plumbing work.
3. All valves, piping supports, piping penetration auxiliaries, piping protective coverings, piping, and other piping accessories as shown or specified for plumbing work.
4. All plumbing equipment and auxiliary items as specified herein or shown on the drawings.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 220500 - Plumbing
B. Section 220700 - Insulation
C. Section 210000 - Fire Protection
D. Section 230000 - Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All plumbing fixtures and equipment shall comply with California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, latest edition.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. Pipes and Tubes
1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade A, Schedule 40, seamless, black or galvanized, plain ends.
2. Copper Drainage Tube: ASTM B306, Type DWV, drawn temper.
3. Hubless, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI 301.
4. Polypropylene Pipe: ASTM D4101, NSF listed, Schedule 40.
5. Polyethylene Pipe: ASTM D2513 produced to APWA/ULCC standards for color coding of gas distribution systems.
B. Fittings
1. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ANSI B16.22.
2. Cast-Copper-Alloy, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, ASTM B584.
3. Cast-Copper-Alloy, Threaded -Joint Pressure Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.15, ASTM B584.
4. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Classes 150 and 300.
5. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy body, hexagonal stock, with ball-andsocket joint, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint, threaded, or solder-joint and threaded ends. Threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
6. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53 or ASTM A106, Schedule 40, seamless, galvanized, carbon-steel pipe.
369
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 2 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
7. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39, Classes 150 and 300; hexagonal stock; with balland-socket joint; metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces; and female threaded ends with threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
8. Galvanized, Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Classes 125 and 250; standard pattern; with threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
9. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint, DWV Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.29.
10. Cast-Copper-Alloy, Solder-Joint, DWV Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23.
11. Plastic Pipe Sleeves: ASTM C564 rubber for cast-iron soil pipe and ASTM F477 elastomeric seal.
12. Polypropylene Plastic, NSF listed, plain and grooved ends.
13. Polyethylene Plastic: ASTM D2683 and D3261,socket or butt fusion fittings.
C. Joining Materials
1. CISPI Couplings for Hubless, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: CISPI 310, having ASTM C564 neoprene sealing sleeve, with 300 series stainless-steel, corrugated shield-andclamp assembly.
2. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B32, alloys to suit system requirements.
3. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, alloys to suit system requirements.
4. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
D. Plastic Pipe Seals: ASTMF477, elastomeric gasket.
1.06 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural members shall not be cut or modified in any manner without specific instructions from the structural engineer and approval from DSA. Where possible, offset vents and pipes rising in walls, concealed above ceilings, below plates and rise through roof. Where this is not possible, install vents and pipes through plates as detailed on structural drawings.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a general statement of materials and methods along with manufacturer’s technical data and installation instructions for all equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings, and plumbing specialties to be installed.
B. Record Drawings: Per specification section 220500 requirements.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Per specification section 220500 requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Adapters: Wrought copper male adapters shall be used wherever it is necessary to connect copper tubing to a valve or "tee" having threaded connections.
2.02 PIPE, FITTING, AND JOINING MATERIALS
A. Hubless Cast-Iron/Sleeve-Clamped Joints
1. Pipe: Service weight cast iron, hubless, with hot coal tar pitch coating inside and outside, per Cast-Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301.
2. Fittings: Hubless type, Tyler No-Hub Coupling, each matched with pipe and identified with the manufacturer's name or trademark, the Cast-Iron Soil Pipe Institute symbol, and the pipe size. Those for connections to other types of piping - approved cast-iron adapter/transition type.
3. Joining Materials/Methods: Husky Series 4000 (Blue shield) or Mission Heavy Weight Orange shield), 4-band, on pipes over 3”, neoprene sleeve type conforming to ASTM C564 specifically designed for connecting hubless cast-iron pipe, coated with 370
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 3 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping manufacturer's recommended lubricant before installing; four type 304 stainless steel band clamps with a type 305 stainless steel worm drive screw, and corrugated shield over sleeve; use standard, 4-band, no-hub couplings on 3” and less. a. “Tyler, Standard”, two band stainless steel coupling, Stainless Steel screw housing, Stainless Steel shield, shall be used for vent piping and sizes and is allowed for sanitary waste of size 2” of less.
4. Wedge lock joints at rainwater leaders to underground drain.
5. Cleanout Plugs: Use Armite Joint Seal compound No. 411, or Enterprise Commercial Thread-Seal.
B. Steel/Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings
1. Pipe: Galvanized steel per ASTM A-120, threaded ends, standard weight Schedule 40.
2. Fittings: Cast-iron threaded drainage type, black coated, with recessed shoulder and pitched threads, per ASTM A-126, Class B.
C. Copper DWV Pipe: DWV drainage tubing per ASTM B-306-86, plain ends for pipe 1 ½” and larger.
1. Fittings shall be solder type, wrought copper drainage fittings per ANSI Standard B16.29-
86. 2. Joining Materials/Methods: Canfield, Silvabrite or equal lead free solder with a non-corrosive water based flux.
3. Connections:
a. Copper to dissimilar metals: dielectric connector.
b. Copper to threaded connections: cast brass adapters.
D. Steel/Threaded Fittings
1. Pipe: Black or galvanized steel per ASTM A-53 seamless, threaded ends, standard weight Schedule 40 or Schedule 80.
2. Fittings
a. Black or galvanized (to match pipe) banded malleable iron, threaded, ASTM A-197, 150 lb. standard or 300 lb. extra heavy per ANSI Standard B16.3 (to match pipe schedule).
b. Black or galvanized (to match pipe) banded cast iron, threaded, per ASTM A-126 Class B, 125 lb. standard or 250 lb. extra heavy per ANSI Standard B16.4 (to match pipe schedule).
3. Unions: AAR 300 lb. malleable iron, black or galvanized (to match pipe).
4. Joining Materials/Methods
a. Rectorseal or pure lead and graphite thread lubricant. b. Permacel, P-412 1/2" wide teflon pipe joint sealant.
E. Polypropylene plastic fusion welded joints
1. Pipe: Schedule 40, plain ends.
2. Fittings:Polypropylene fusion welded type.
3. Joining Materials/Methods: Fusion welded, using fusion welding fittings, and the control unit meeting the following requirements.
a. Microprocessor controlled
b. Water proof
c. Input and output voltage sensors
d. Ambient temperature sensors
371
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 4 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping e. Audible alarms to indicate cycle interruptions and completion of joining process.
4. Connections: Utilize only adapters supplied by the same manufacturer of the pipe.
F. Polypropylene plastic mechanical joints
1. Pipe: Schedule 40, grooved ends.
2. Fittings:Polypropylene type designed to lock into a machined groove on the mating pipe.
3. Joining Materials/Methods: Mechanical joint utilizing fittings and pipe supplied by the same manufacturer.
4. Connections: Utilize only adapters supplied by the same manufacturer of the pipe.
G. Polyethylene plastic butt fusion welded joints
1. Pipe: Schedule 40, plain ends.
a. Fittings: Polyethylene fusion welded type.
b. Joining Materials/Methods: Fusion welded, using fusion welding fittings, and the manufacturers supplied control unit.
c. Connections: Utilize only adapters supplied by the same manufacturer of the pipe.
H. Manville Ring-Tite PVC sewer pipe, SDR-35, ASTM D 3034. Use materials per utility standards off site - where applicable.
I. Johns Manville, C-900, Blue Brut, PVC pipe and fittings, Class 200, installed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions.
J. Johns Manville Blue Brut PVC pipe and fittings U.L. approved for fire protection.
2.03 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS
A. Inside Building (to 5'-0" outside building line).
1. Soil, waste and vent piping
a. Below slab, service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated for sizes 2 1/2" and smaller. Above floor from 6" above slab shall be galvanized steel pipe or service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated for sizes 2 1/2" and smaller. Urinal waste shall be service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated. Sizes 3" and larger shall be service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated.
b. Fittings
1) Contractor may use "No-Hub" "Husky" joints per manufacturers published instructions for installation. No-Hub fittings for waste and soil pipe shall be four band stainless steel type for all pipe sizes.
a) Two band stainless steel couplings, Stainless Steel screw housing, Stainless Steel shield may be used for waste piping of size 2” and less.
2) “Tyler, Standard”, two band stainless steel coupling, Stainless Steel screw housing, Stainless Steel shield, shall be used for vent piping. c. As an alternate use, copper DWV Pipe.
2. Condensate Drain Piping:
a. Inside buildings provide ASTM B88, Type M copper tubing and fittings. Provide Wye fittings with capped cleanout plug for tubing up to 1 inch size. Provide wrought or cast DWV fittings for sizes 1-1/4 inch and larger. b. Outside buildings provide ASTM B88, Type L copper pipe and fittings, cast iron drain pipe and fittings or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe and cast iron drain or vent fittings.]
372
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 5 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping c. Connect condensate drains to mechanical equipment per equipment manufacturer's recommendations; provide P-trap where required. Slope piping to drain, with 1 inch in 10 foot minimum pitch. Provide di-electric couplings or unions at connections to dissimilar materials.
d. Where Drawings indicate installation of mechanical equipment on spring isolation rails spring mounted curbs, or spring hangers, provide threaded metal connector at mechanical equipment, Metraflex Model SST, or equal by Unisource Mfg. Co., or Flexicraft Industries. Arrange flexible connection to ensure drainage of condensate, and support flexible connection at each end of connector, to ensure proper alignment.
e. Where condensate drain P-traps are required, install trap using Wye fitting on inlet and outlet of trap. Provide cap on top of each Wye, made removable for cleaning and inspection. Drill 1/8 inch diameter hole in cap at outlet of the trap to allow venting of the system. Minimum depth of trap should be 4 inches, or as recommended by the manufacturer in printed literature.
f. Provide cleanout tees or “Y” at each change in direction.
3. Condensing-Type Equipment Condensate Drain Pipe: CPVC pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM D-2846.
a. Provide CPVC condensate drain pipe for condensing water heaters, furnaces, and where shown on Drawings.
b. Piping and fittings shall be as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing, Charlotte Pipe and foundry Co., or equal.
4. Plastic pipe and fittings shall not be used inside of buildings, except as permitted for acid waste and vent systems.
5. Grease Waste (GW) and Vent (GV) Pipe Underground to 6 Inches Aboveground: George Fisher Sloane, Inc., “Fuseal PP,” Orion Fittings, Inc., “Rionfuse CF,” IPEX, Inc., “Enfield,” or equal, Schedule 40 polypropylene pipe and fittings assembled with electrofusion joints.
Piping shall comply with ASTM F1412.
6. Grease Waste (GW) and Vent (GV) Pipe Aboveground:
a. In inaccessible spaces or within walls, George Fisher Sloane, Inc., “Fuseal PP,” Orion Fittings, Inc., “Rionfuse CF,” IPEX, Inc., “Enfield,” or equal, flame-retardant schedule 40 polypropylene pipe and fittings assembled with electrofusion joints.
Piping shall comply with ASTM F1412.
b. In accessible areas: George Fisher Sloan, Inc. “Fuseal PP,” Orion Fittings, Inc. “Blueline,” IPEX, Inc. "Labline," or equal, flame retardant Schedule 40 polypropylene drainage pipe and fittings, with mechanical joints. Piping shall comply with ASTM F1412.
c. Vent pipe aboveground: 3 Inches and Larger: Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings; 2-1/2 inches and smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings.
7. Acid Waste (AW) and Vent (AV) Pipe Underground to 6 Inches Aboveground: George Fisher Sloane, Inc., “Fuseal PP,” Orion Fittings, Inc., “Rionfuse CF,” IPEX, Inc., “Enfield,” or equal, Schedule 40 polypropylene pipe and fittings assembled with electrofusion joints.
Piping shall comply with ASTM F1412.
8. Acid Waste (AW) and Vent (AV) Pipe Aboveground:
a. In inaccessible spaces or within walls, George Fisher Sloane, Inc., “Fuseal PP,” Orion Fittings, Inc., “Rionfuse CF,” IPEX, Inc., “Enfield,” or equal, flame-retardant Schedule 40 polypropylene pipe and fittings assembled with electrofusion joints.
Piping shall comply with ASTM F1412.
373
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 6 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping b. In accessible areas: George Fisher Sloan, Inc. “Fuseal PP,” Orion Fittings, Inc. “Blueline,” IPEX, Inc. "Labline," or equal, flame retardant Schedule 40 polypropylene drainage pipe and fittings, with mechanical joints. Piping shall comply with ASTM F1412.
B. Outside Building (from 5'-0" outside building line)
1. Install piping from street connection to the property line in accordance with local requirements.
2. 4 inches and larger: PVC, ASTM D3034 - SDR 35; use matching Ring Tite fittings.
3. 3 inches and smaller: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301 and so marked. Pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured by AB&I, Charlotte, Tyler pipe, or equal. Provide ANACO-Husky SD 4000, Clamp-All 125, or equal couplings and No-Hub fittings, meeting the requirements of FM 1680, SD Class I and ASTM C1540. Pipe and fittings shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
C. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve Piping: ASTM B88, Type L copper tubing, hard-temper, with wrought copper fittings. Provide full solder cup for all fittings. Capped or plugged outlets shall be Schedule 40 screwed brass.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, as specified herein, and as detailed on the drawings.
3.02 PIPING
A. Provide trenching and backfill for buried piping and install with the following minimum cover unless shown otherwise, cover is from top of pipe to finish grade.
1. Sewer - 30" (Outside the building perimeter onsite)
B. Sewer Piping: Run all horizontal sanitary piping inside of the building at a uniform grade of not less than ¼" per foot unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Sewers shall have invert elevations as shown and slope uniformly between given elevations. All drainage piping shall be run as straight as possible and shall have long radius bends. All offsets shall be made at an angle of 45 degrees or less. All vent piping shall be graded so as to free itself quickly of any water or condensation. Where possible, groups of vent risers shall be jointed together with one enlarged outlet through roof.
1. Install clean-outs of the same diameter of pipe in all horizontal soil and waste lines where indicated and at all points of change in direction and at base of all soil or waste drops.
Locate-clean outs not less than 18” from building construction so as to provide sufficient space for rodding. No horizontal runs of more than 100 feet shall be without clean-out.
2. Clean-outs in floors shall be protected with a cover taped in place and removed at completion of concrete work.
3. Provide trap at each inlet to sanitary sewer system. Provide trap primers where shown and as required by code.
C. Bury a No. 18 AWG insulated copper locating wire with all non-metallic pipe. Copper wire shall have at least 12” above grade at each end.
D. Condensate drain piping
1. Provide "P" trap having 2" minimum trap seal.
2. Install trap with top of trap outlet 2" minimum below bottom of condensate collection pan, and within 12" of pan outlet.
374
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 221316 - 7 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
3. Make changes in direction in the condensate drain line using tees; fit the free leg of the tee with a screwed plug for clean-outs. Provide additional such clean-outs where required by code or where necessary for cleaning drain line.
4. Extend condensate drain line to appropriate disposal point, receptor, or sewer as prescribed by code or shown on drawings.
5. Insulation: Provide insulation as shown or specified (Section 22 07 00).
3.03 VENT LOCATIONS
A. Plumbing fixture vents have been combined wherever possible to minimize the number of roof penetrations.
B. Roof penetrations have been coordinated with penetrations of other trades, etc.
C. Plumbing contractor shall not shift or relocate vents through the roof or other penetrations from the locations shown without prior approval of the Engineer.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Testing:
1. Testing Criteria
System Medium Pressure Duration
Drainage and Vent Water 10 ft water 15 minutes
END OF SECTION
375
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 224000 - 1 Plumbing Fixtures SECTION 224000
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 220500 applies to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This section includes all plumbing fixtures.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 220500 – Common Work Results for Plumbing
B. Section 220700 - Insulation
C. Section 210000 - Fire Protection
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All plumbing fixtures and equipment shall comply with California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, latest edition.
B. 2019 CBC 11B-604
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a general statement of materials and methods along with manufacturer’s technical data and installation instructions for all equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings, and plumbing specialties to be installed.
B. Record Drawings: Per specification section 220500 requirements.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Per specification section 220500 requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. See fixture and equipment schedules on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. All fixtures shall be furnished as scheduled. All finished plumbing shall be accurately lined up and where batteries of fixtures occur, special care shall be taken with the roughing-in and finished plumbing.
B. The number and position of all plumbing fixtures are shown on the plumbing drawings. Consult architectural drawings for the location dimensions and mounting heights of fixtures. Heights shall comply with the C.B.C., the latest handicapped requirement, and all ADA requirements.
C. All water supplied to fixtures shall be provided with Speedway loose key compression shut-off stops. Combination fixtures shall have compression stop on each water supply fitting.
Concealed stops shall be Crane 9H-313 or equal.
D. All finish for exposed metal trim on any fixture shall be polished chromium plated. This shall include wall flanges, nuts, and washers. Handles on all faucets and stops shall be of all metal, chromium plated. Porcelain caps secured with putty shall be provided and installed for all exposed bolt heads.
E. All fixtures shall be properly and securely installed and supported as required and approved.
Fixtures set against concrete walls shall be bolted thereto. Fixtures secured to partitions shall 376
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 224000 - 2 Plumbing Fixtures be securely bolted to the wall carrier fittings with foot supports, and shall be provided in types as required to suit the particular installation and fixture.
F. Connection between fixtures and flanges on soil pipe shall be made absolutely gas tight and water tight with graphite type gaskets (wall hung fixture) or Fedar's closet setting compound (floor outlet fixtures). Rubber gaskets, or putty will not be permitted.
G. Fixtures not having integral traps shall be provided with "P" traps of chromium plated solderless seamless brass with trap screw at bottom and connected to concealed waste in wall sanitary fittings. All trap tail pieces shall be 17 gauge minimum.
H. Unions on waste pipes on fixture side of traps may be slip or flange joints with soft rubber or lead gaskets.
I. All flush valves shall be tested and adjusted so that each fixture receives the proper amount of water. All faucets, hose bibbs, drinking fountains, etc., shall be properly regulated to the approval of the Architect.
J. Comply with State handicapped requirements regarding flow control devices, fixture mounting heights, insulation of piping under fixtures, etc.
K. Furnish and install stainless steel Hudee frames for counter mounted fixtures unless "Self-Rimming".
L. Grout all voids between fixtures and adjacent surfaces with 100% white Dow Silicon sealant.
M. All hot water fixtures except kitchen and janitors sinks to be provided with thermostatic mixing valves (see Contract Drawings) set at 110F (unless served by tempered water systems).
END OF SECTION
377
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 1 Common Work Results for HVAC SECTION 230500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, apply to the work of this section.
B. This section applies to all Division 23 Mechanical Sections.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Furnish and install all mechanical work shown on the drawings, specified herein, and as required for a complete and functional installation.
B. This section includes materials and methods applicable to the work described in all Division 23 Mechanical Sections. Specific work requirements of individual Mechanical Sections take precedence if in conflict with requirements of this Section.
C. All chemicals utilized on site as part of coating, sealant, and other products shall not contain any chemical that is listed as part of Proposition 65 known carcinogens that are identified by NTP, IARC, and the USEPA California Proposition 65 chemical repository contractors are not allowed to bring these chemicals on any California Intel site.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 3 - Concrete Work
B. Division 26 - Electrical Work
C. Division 22 - Plumbing
1.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. For purposes of clearness and legibility, drawings are essentially diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, the Contractor shall make use of all data in all the contract documents and shall verify this information at building site.
B. Information presented on Drawings and in the Specifications is based upon latest data available during their preparation. The Drawings and Specifications are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor and exact locations, distances, levels, etc. will be governed by the structures and the site the contractor shall accept same with this understanding.
C. The drawings indicate required size and points of termination of pipes, and suggest proper routes to conform to structure, avoid obstructions and preserve clearances. However, it is not intended that drawings indicate all necessary offsets, and it shall be the work of the Contractor to make the installation in such a manner as to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Contractor shall be responsible for delivery, storage, protection and placing of all equipment and materials.
B. Equipment stored and installed at the job site shall be protected from dust, water or other damage. Cover all equipment stored exposed to weather.
1.06 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural members shall not be cut or modified in any manner without specific instructions from the structural engineer.
1.07 SEISMIC RESISTANCE
A. See Section 230548.
378
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 2 Common Work Results for HVAC
1.08 CODES AND SAFETY ORDERS
A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of the State Fire Marshall; the Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety; the I.S.O. codes;
1. 2022 California Plumbing Code, Title 24, Part 5;
2. 2022 California Mechanical Code, Title 24, Part 4;
3. 2022 California Building Code, Title 24, Part 2;
4. NFPA Codes (versions as referenced in 2022 California Building Code, Title 24 Part 2, chapter 35 and 2022 California Fire Code, title 24, Part 9, chapter 80), and other applicable laws and regulations.
B. Nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes.
C. Drawings and Specifications take precedence when work and materials called for exceed Code requirements.
1.09 INSTALLATION
A. Manufacturer's Instructions:
1. When specifications require that installation comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation.
2. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by specifications.
3. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
4. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with the Engineer for further instructions.
5. Do not proceed with work without clear understanding.
6. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to accommodate mechanical system installation.
7. Coordinate installation of supporting devices. Set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components during construction.
8. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access where concealed behind finished surfaces.
9. Coordinate with other trades equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, air inlets and outlets, and structural and architectural features.
Provide information on location of piping and seismic bracing to other trades as required for a completely coordinated project.
1.10 PERMITS AND FEES
A. Obtain all permits and pay all required fees for permits and/or utility services. Inspections required during the course of construction shall be arranged as required. On completion of the work furnish the owners representative with certificates of inspection.
B. Include in bid all costs for gas service including meter, regulators and service line installed by a gas utility company or a gas utility company approved contractor.
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Assume all responsibility for damage to adjoining properties; and restore property to its original condition, should damage occur as a result of the work of this section. Contractor shall thoroughly familiarize himself with all site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the drawings be found during excavations, promptly notify the Architect for instructions as to further action. 379
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 3 Common Work Results for HVAC Failure to do so will make the Contractor liable for any and all damage thereto arising from his operations subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on plans.
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A. General
1. A submittal schedule shall be issued by the contractor within 15 days of award of the contract. This schedule shall allow for timely review and approval as required by the contract documents.
2. These requirements apply only to substitutions, submittals, and shop drawings.
3. The contractor shall review all submittals prior to submission to the Architect. Submittals not reviewed by the contractor will be returned to the contractor and will not be reviewed.
4. Any deviations from specified requirements shall be clearly indicated in submittals.
5. Any errors in or omissions from submittals and any consequences of these are the responsibility of the Contractor.
6. Partial or incomplete submittals may be rejected as not complying with requirements; the Contractor shall be liable for any resultant consequences.
7. Delayed submittals may be rejected as not complying with requirements. Whether accepted or rejected, delayed submittals will not be considered justification for extension of contract time or similar relief.
8. Submittals not required or permitted by the Specifications but made at the option of the Contractor, will be returned without review unless accompanied with written valid justification.
9. Submittal items improperly included with those of another category (such as a proposed substitution included with shop drawing submittal) are not valid and will be returned without review.
10. Within 35 calendar days after award of the contract, and before fabrications and installation of any material or ordering of any materials, submit for approval one copy in PDF format of complete submittal data on specified and proposed substituted equipment and materials. Submittals shall list all materials proposed identified with drawing symbols and specific data on equipment such as arrangements, performance curves, sizes, capacity, motor locations, and other pertinent data. Check all submittals for conformance to the requirements of the Construction Documents before forwarding to the architect for each item. No consideration will be given to substitutions submitted past 35 day limit.
The contractor shall be responsible for all quantities and errors and omissions of submittals. Furnish samples when requested.
11. Equipment and materials specified as part of the specifications and drawings are listed by two manufacturers names. The first named manufacturer is the basis of design. The second named manufacturer has been determined to be an equivalent in quality or utility.
The second named has not been specifically determined to conform to the first named in size, layout, electrical power, voltage, or impacts to building structure. The contractor is bound by all requirements for substitutes, as described below, for all second named manufacturers and equivalent equipment or products.
12. Each reviewed submittal will be marked to indicate review and directions as stated below.
13. Acceptance of a submittal does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for omissions from the submittal or errors in the submittal.
1.13 REVIEW
A. Submittals will be reviewed for general acceptability, not necessarily including all details. The engineers review is for general conformance with the design concept of the project and the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is solely responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of 380
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 4 Common Work Results for HVAC construction; coordinating the work with that of other trades and performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Corrections of comments made on this submittal during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the contract documents or with its responsibilities listed herein.
1. Proposed substitutes will be judged not only for the acceptability of the items themselves, but also how they will be used under the conditions of the particular project.
2. Proposed substitutions will be judged also for compliance with qualifications and conditions stipulated in paragraph 1.12.
B. Each reviewed submittal will be marked to indicate review and directions as stated below.
1. Acceptance of a substitute does not waive the specified requirements.
2. Once a substitution is accepted, no revision or resubmittal may be made except for pressing and valid reason and after receipts of approval to do so.
1.14 REVIEW DIRECTIONS
A. The notation "No Exceptions Taken" indicates that no further submittal on the particular matter is required and that the Contractor may proceed with normally ensuing action. The notation may be applied to submittals on substitutions, shop drawings, record data, or operation and maintenance data. The submittal has only been reviewed for general conformance with the design concept of the Contract Documents. The contractor is responsible for the dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; information that pertains solely to the fabrication process or to the means and methods of construction; coordination of the work of all trades; and performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. This notation does not modify the contractor's duty to comply with the contract documents.
B. The notation "Make Corrections Noted" indicates that no further submittal on the particular matter is required, but the Contractor shall make all changes or corrections noted (but no others) before proceeding with normally ensuing action. The notation may be applied to submittals on substitutions or shop drawings (but usually not record data or operation and maintenance data).
C. The notation "Amend and Resubmit" indicates that the submittal is not accepted and must be revised, resubmitted, and reviewed again. In the case of submittal on substitutions and shop drawings so noted, the Contractor shall not proceed with any normally ensuing action until the resubmittal is reviewed. The notation may be applied to submittals on substitutions, shop drawings, record data, or operation and maintenance data.
D. The notation "Rejected - See Remarks" indicates that the submittal is not accepted and that resubmittal on the same subject matter is not allowed and will not be considered. The notation will be applied normally only to submittals on substitutions (usually not on shop drawings, record data, or operation and maintenance data).
E. The notation "Returned Without Review" indicates that the submittal or item has not been considered officially because it is either not proper, valid, required, or permitted by the Specifications and has no status or effect.
1.15 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The contractor is responsible for providing all shop drawings as described below so that the design professional has the opportunity to determine if the contractor understands the contract documents. It is not the purpose of shop drawings to assure that the contractor is meeting the requirements of the contract documents. Review and approval of a submittal neither extends nor alters any contractual obligation.
B. Accompany all substituted equipment with shop drawings showing revised ductwork and/or piping layouts in order to ascertain that substituted equipment does not adversely affect layout or work of others. Shop Drawings: The following conditions apply to shop drawings:
1. Shop drawings are not and do not become Contract Documents. 381
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 5 Common Work Results for HVAC
2. Processed shop drawing submittals and any instructions or requirements noted thereon are a part of the work, but they may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of the work.
3. If deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and the Contract Documents are discovered either prior to or after the submittals are processed, the Contract Document requirements shall govern.
1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Whenever any equipment, material, or process is indicated or specified by patent of proprietary name and/or name of Manufacturer, in the Specifications and/or on the Drawings, it is understood that such specification is used to facilitate the description of the material and/or process and deemed to be followed by the words "or equal" unless noted "no substitute".
B. Substitute equipment and materials shall be equal in all respects including quality, arrangement, utility, physical size, capacity, and performance to those specified. Approval of substitute material will not relieve the contractor from complying with the requirement of the Drawings and Specifications. The contractor shall be responsible and at his own expense, for any changes caused by proposed substitutions which affect other parts of his own work or the work of other contractors.
C. The submittal of a proposed substitution shall clearly establish the following:
1. The item can be transported into and installed in the intended space and in the manner shown.
2. Required connections (electrical, piping, and other) can be properly made and adjoining work can be properly accomplished.
3. The proposed substitute is similar to and of substance equal to that specified, is suited to the same use as that specified, and will perform the functions required by the design.
4. Motors for proposed substitute equipment will have the same minimum differential between motor brake horsepower and motor nameplate horsepower as the specified equipment.
5. All performance requirements shall be at least equal to the specified product or equipment including noise levels, cooling capacity, heating capacity, air flow quantity, etc.
D. By submitting a proposed substitution, the Contractor agrees to the following:
1. He will assume full responsibility for any and all modifications and necessary alterations arising from the use of the substitute item or material including all cost incurred by all other trades.
2. He will assume full responsibility for any delay in the construction schedule resulting from the use of the substitution.
3. He will prove harmless and indemnify the Owner and the Owner's design consultants from real or alleged damages that may result from the installation, use, or performance of a substitute material or product.
E. The following conditions apply to substitutions:
1. Submittals of substitutions are not and do not become part of the Contract Documents.
2. Contractor shall not order, fabricate, use, or install any substitute product or procedure unless he has received acceptance of the substitute from the Engineer.
3. Should the Contractor install any substitute product in violation of the above he shall remove it and install the specified product at his own expense.
4. The Contractor shall provide a letter stating that all the above items shall apply to all substituted products and equipment.
5. Any submittal for substituted equipment or product that does not clearly show that the substituted item is equal shall be marked rejected and no further submittal shall be 382
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 6 Common Work Results for HVAC allowed on the substituted item. Provide in submittal format documentation that the proposed item is exactly as specified in the contract documents.
1.17 GUARANTEE
A. Guarantee all work for one year from date of acceptance, against all defects in material, equipment and workmanship including repair of damage to any part of the premises resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment and workmanship. Guarantee shall be on form supplied by the owner's representative.
1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The contractor is responsible to provide record drawings. Provide PDF drawings showing the actual location of all ductwork, piping and equipment. Dimension locations of underground service mains and branches. Deliver the PDF drawings to the architect at the completion of the job for review and approval by the engineer.
B. Mark-up Procedure: During the construction period, maintain a complete, current set of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings uploaded and updated within the BLUEBEAM program forProject Record Document purposes. Label each document“AS-BUILT RECORD”. Keepall record documents current.
C. On completion ofthe Work the Contractor will provideonecomplete setof AS-BUILT RECORD Drawings inAutoCAD (drawing)fileformat and one complete set inAdobe PDFfileformat.
D. A reference by number to a Change Order, CCD, RFI, RFQ RFP, Field Order or other such document is not acceptable as sufficient record information on any record document. Do not conceal any Work until required record information has been recorded.
E. Contractor shall mark AS-BUILT Record Drawings to indicate the actual installation where the installation varies appreciably from the installation shown originally. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. Items required to be marked include, but are not limited to:
1. Revisions or any modification to details shown on the Contract Drawings
2. Depths of various elements (sanitary sewer, water etc. in relation to main floor level or survey datum.
3. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements.
4. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure.
5. Locations of underground work, points of connection with existing utilities, changes in direction, valves, manholes, catch basins, capped stub outs, invert elevations and similar items
6. Actual equipment locations
a. Duct size and routing
7. Changes made by Change Order, CCD, ASI, or any other directive a. Details not on original Contract Drawings
b. Contractor shall mark completely and accurately AS-BUILT Record Drawing prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is the most capable of showing actual physical conditions. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show crossreference on Contract Drawings location. c. Contractor shall mark AS-BUILT Record Drawing sets within BLUEBEAM with red markings; use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
d. Contractor shall mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
383
West Sacramento Fire Station 43 230500 - 7 Common Work Results for HVAC e. Contractor shall note Contractor Change Directive numbers; Bid Alternate numbers, if any, Change Order numbers, and similar identification. f. Contractor shall be responsible for Mark-up: Where feasible, the individual or entity who obtained Project Record Drawing data, whether the individual or entity is the installer, Subcontractor or similar entity, is required to prepare the mark-up on ASBUILT Record Drawings. g. Accurately record information in an understandable and legible drawing technique. h. Record data as soon as possible after it has been obtained. In the case of concealed installations, record and check the mark-up prior to concealment.